EDGAR 10-K Filing

Company CIK: 720154
Filing Year: 2025
Filename: 720154_10-K_2025_0001628280-25-055483.json

---

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
ITEM 1 - BUSINESS
Corporate History
Inotiv, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company,” or “Inotiv”) began operating in 1975 as Bioanalytical Systems, Inc. Bioanalytical Systems, Inc. was incorporated in 1974 and completed an initial public offering in 2000. On March 18, 2021, the Company changed its corporate name from Bioanalytical Systems, Inc. to Inotiv, Inc. Our stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the symbol “NOTV.” We are headquartered in West Lafayette, Indiana. Our headquarters mailing address is 2701 Kent Avenue, West Lafayette, Indiana 47906, and the telephone number at that location is (765) 463-4527. Our Internet site is www.inotiv.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this Report and is not incorporated by reference herein.
Overview
Inotiv is a leading contract research organization (“CRO”) dedicated to providing nonclinical and analytical drug discovery and development services primarily to the pharmaceutical and medical device industries and selling a range of research-quality animals and diets to the same industries as well as academia and government clients. Our products and services focus on bringing new drugs and medical devices through the discovery and preclinical phases of development and, in certain cases, the clinical phases of development, all while focusing on increasing efficiency, improving data, and reducing the cost of discovering and taking new drugs and medical devices to market. Inotiv is committed to supporting discovery
and development objectives as well as helping researchers realize the full potential of their critical research and development projects, all while working together to build a healthier and safer world. We are dedicated to practicing high standards of laboratory animal care and welfare.
We have two reportable segments: Discovery and Safety Assessment (“DSA”) and Research Models and Services (“RMS”).
Through our DSA segment, we provide discovery and translational sciences and safety assessment services (including nonclinical development and, in certain cases, clinical development) to support the needs of researchers and clinicians for primarily small molecule drug candidates, as well as biotherapeutics and biomedical devices utilizing both Good Laboratory Practice ("GLP") and non-GLP. Our scientists have skills in histology, pathology, physiology, surgery, analytical chemistry, drug metabolism, pharmacokinetics, and toxicology. Our principal clients range from small start-up biotechnology companies to some of the largest global pharmaceutical companies, whose scientists are engaged in analytical chemistry, drug safety evaluation, drug metabolism studies, pharmacokinetics, clinical trials, and basic research.
Through our RMS segment, we offer access to a wide range of purpose-bred animal research models for basic research and drug discovery and development, specialized models for specific diseases and therapeutic areas, and diet, bedding and enrichment products, all supported by our deep animal husbandry expertise. We have the ability to run selected nonclinical studies directly on-site at closely located research model facilities and provide access to innovative genetically engineered models and services solutions. Our principal clients include biopharmaceutical companies, CROs, and academic and government organizations.
Discovery and Safety Assessment
The DSA segment is comprised of two principal areas of services: Discovery and Translational Sciences and Safety Assessment.
Discovery and Translational Sciences
•Bioanalytical Method Development: Analytical methods are developed and validated in a manner designed to ensure that data generated are accurate, precise, reproducible and reliable and are used consistently throughout the drug development process and in later product support. This includes early-stage and fit-for-purpose discovery methods that are generated to provide information on drug concentration in biological matrices, and can be used to quantify certain safety or efficacy biomarkers to aid compound selection.
•In Vivo Pharmacology: We provide preclinical in vivo efficacy services. In vivo pharmacology is strengthened by the combination of our genetically-modified rodent production capability which provides animals with specific genetic modifications necessary for evaluation of new molecular targets and by our ability to use advanced proteomic technologies to characterize the pharmacological target and the model's responses to intervention.
•Exploratory Pharmacokinetics and Toxicology: We evaluate the initial pharmacokinetics of drug candidates to determine oral bioavailability, dose proportionality of exposure, gender differences, and time-dependent changes in exposure in our laboratories. In addition we provide initial safety evaluation of drug candidates through the conduct of single and repeated dose exploratory toxicology studies designed to identify tolerability and target organ toxicity and to provide guidance for dosing of more extensive pivotal studies which are intended to support human clinical trials.
Safety Assessment
•Non-clinical Toxicology and Pathology Services: We provide safety testing in studies ranging from acute safety evaluation of drugs and medical devices to chronic, multi-year oncogenicity studies, and safety evaluation focused on developmental and reproductive toxicology. We also provide services in toxicologic pathology and evaluation of tissues from animal efficacy models, surgical modeling and focused evaluation of biomedical devices as well as cardiovascular safety evaluation in radiotelemetry-implanted animals.
•Stability Testing: We test stability of nonclinical drug dosing formulations and collect bioanalysis samples designed to ensure the integrity of all solutions used in nonclinical and clinical studies and post-study analyses.
Results from sample shipping and storage studies assist our clients in maintaining sample integrity throughout the process from collection to analysis.
•Bioanalytical Method Development and Validation: During regulatory development, bioanalytical methods are validated to an appropriately robust level to advance accuracy and reproducibility. These methods are used to quantify drug product or metabolites in biological matrices, as well as appropriate safety or efficacy biomarkers.
•Drug Metabolism, Bioanalysis, and Pharmacokinetics Testing: We analyze samples from in vitro, preclinical and clinical studies to identify and measure drug and metabolite concentrations in complex biological matrices, including drug metabolism, bioanalysis and pharmacokinetics studies.
•Archiving Services: We provide climate-controlled archiving services for our clients’ data, samples and specimens at many of our DSA facilities.
New Service Offerings
During the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we spent $2,282, $3,278 and $6,858, respectively, on startup costs for new service offerings that we are building internally including biotherapeutics and genetic toxicology.
Research Models and Services
The RMS segment is comprised of (1) Research Models, (2) Diet, Bedding and Enrichment, and (3) Research Model Services.
Research Models: Our research models business is comprised of the commercial production and sale of laboratory animals and research models for use by scientific researchers, principally purpose-bred small animal models (primarily mice and rats) and large animal models (NHPs and rabbits). We provide these models to numerous clients around the world, including many academic institutions, government agencies, biopharmaceutical companies, and CROs, and we have a global footprint with production facilities strategically located in three countries.
Our research models include standard stocks and strains, immunocompromised models (which are useful for oncology research), disease models (which are in demand as early-stage research tools) and genetically-engineered models (“GEMS”) (which are often created for specific research projects).
•Small Animal Research Models: Our rodent species have been and continue to be among the most-used research models in the world, largely as a result of our geographic footprint and commitment to quality and client service. Our small animal research models are bred and maintained in controlled environments, which are designed to ensure that the models are free of specific viral and bacterial agents, and other contaminants that can disrupt research operations and distort research results. With our production capabilities, we strive to consistently deliver high-quality research models.
RMS rodent research models include:
•outbred, which are purposefully bred for heterogeneity;
•inbred, which are bred to be genetically identical;
•spontaneous mutant, which contain a naturally occurring genetic mutation (such as immune deficiency);
•hybrid, which are the offspring of two different inbred parents; and
•GEMS.
Certain of our models are proprietary, disease-specific rodent models used to research treatments for diseases such as diabetes, obesity, cardiovascular and kidney disease.
•Large Research Models: Our large animal portfolio includes NHPs and rabbits. NHPs are generally imported into the U.S. and Europe from Asia and Africa, with limited breeding in the U.S. We operate three quarantine facilities in the U.S. to house and clear these imported animals before onward shipment to clients. NHPs are used by our clients primarily for the safety testing of new biological therapies. Rabbits are bred in both the U.K. and U.S. and they are utilized primarily for the reproductive safety testing of potential new therapies.
Diet, Bedding and Enrichment: Through our Teklad product line (“Teklad”), RMS produces and sells laboratory animal diet, bedding, and enrichment products. With primary manufacturing operations in the U.S. and a primarily company-
owned and/or managed distribution network throughout the U.S., U.K. and Europe, we distribute Teklad products globally. We also maintain a contract-manufacturing relationship with a company in Italy.
Teklad offers a full line of off-the-shelf formulations as well as custom diets to meet our clients’ specific research needs. A team of nutritionists, including several PhDs, work with our clients to determine the best diet for their research objectives. If a custom diet is required, our nutritionists define the appropriate formula and our custom diet manufacturing line produces the feed. Our manufacturing facilities are ISO 9001:2015 certified.
Teklad diets are manufactured from natural ingredients and use fixed formulas. In conjunction with strict quality standards for raw materials, this approach helps to ensure quality and consistency by minimizing variability of both nutrients and certain natural chemicals in the diet which might affect a research study. Teklad offers a variety of bedding and enrichment products to support model breeding, weaning, and general husbandry.
Research Model Services: We also offer a variety of services designed to support our clients' use of research models in basic research and product development. These services include specialized surgical modifications such as cannulation, implants, and the creation of surgically derived disease-state models. Further, we provide services, including contract breeding, contract colony management, health monitoring, the creation of new transgenic research models specific to individual clients’ needs, quarantine, cryopreservation, rederivation and revitalization services, and antibody development and production, as well as transportation services.
The Company’s Role in the Drug Discovery and Development Process
Inotiv provides research support, through provision of its products and services, for the identification and development of new chemical and biological entities from discovery through clinical development. For both efficacy and safety evaluations, our DSA segment provides a wide range of supporting services and our RMS segment offers relevant, high-quality animal research models.
1.The discovery phase of new product development includes the identification and validation of potential targets for therapeutic intervention, the latter of which may involve studying a disease’s molecular pathway by genetically altering one or more of the molecules in that pathway in cell lines or in murine models. Inotiv’s molecular biology group provides such murine models for our clients and, where appropriate, can then support clients in the use of those models to study the pharmacokinetic and potential efficacy profiles of new therapeutic entities.
In addition to generation of new models for studying potential pharmacokinetics and efficacy at the request of our clients, Inotiv also has a broad range of off-the-shelf standard, and disease-bearing models, that may be used for the same purposes. Our discovery services group uses these animals, and other model systems, to perform a range of early discovery tests to better characterize potential new therapeutic molecules for mode of action, potential efficacy, and predicted safety and metabolism profiles.
2.After a new drug candidate is identified and carried through this preliminary discovery screening, the development process for new drugs has three distinct phases: the nonclinical phase, the clinical phase and the post approval phase. The nonclinical phase includes safety testing to prepare an Investigational New Drug ("IND") application for submission to the FDA. The IND must be allowed to go into effect by the FDA before the drug candidate can be initially tested in humans. Once a pharmacologically active molecule is fully analyzed to confirm its potential utility, the initial dosage form for clinical trials is created. An analytical chemistry method is developed to enable reliable quantification. Stability and purity of the formulation are also determined.
Clients work with our nonclinical services group to establish initial pharmacology, pharmacokinetics (“PK”), pharmacodynamics (“PD”) and safety characteristics of the drug candidate. The safety studies range from dose ranging studies, which involve acute safety evaluation of drug candidates to chronic, oncogenicity and reproductive toxicity studies. Dose formulation analysis is provided by our pharmaceutical analysis group. Bioanalyses of blood sampled under these protocols by our bioanalytical services group provide pharmacokinetic and metabolism data that is used with the safety and toxicity information to determine the exposure required to demonstrate toxicity. A no observable adverse effect level is then established for the drug and sets the basis for future safety testing and clinical Phase I studies. Upon successful completion of nonclinical safety studies, an IND submission is made by the sponsor and must be allowed to go into effect by the FDA prior to initiation of human clinical trials.
Our bioanalytical services group utilizes our depth of expertise in liquid chromatography with detection by mass spectrometry to support research, nonclinical and clinical programs. We have invested in robotics and mass spectrometry systems. Application of this technology allows us to rapidly develop and validate methods for new compounds and obtain information suitable for regulatory submission. In addition, our biotherapeutic bioanalysis platform employs modern methods for the detection of proteins, nucleic acids, and biomarkers associated with safety and efficacy in animals and humans.
3.The clinical phase further explores the safety and efficacy of the drug candidate in humans. The sponsor conducts Phase I human clinical trials in a limited number of healthy individuals to determine safety and tolerability. Bioanalytical assays determine the availability and metabolism of the active ingredient following administration. Expertise in method development and validation is critical for new chemical entities and new biological entities.
Exhaustive safety, tolerability and dosing regimens are established in patients in Phase II trials. Phase III clinical trials verify efficacy and safety. After successful completion of Phase III trials, the sponsor of the new drug submits a New Drug Application ("NDA") or Biologics License Application ("BLA") to the FDA requesting that the product be approved for marketing. The bioanalytical sample count per study grows rapidly from Phase I through Phase III. Phase II and III studies may take several years to complete, and must be supported by well-proven and consistently applied analytical methods.
In parallel with the conduct of Phase II and Phase III clinical development, additional nonclinical animal studies (including sub-chronic and chronic toxicology studies, carcinogenicity studies and reproductive toxicology studies) are performed to allow the drug to proceed through clinical development and to support product registration.
Our services supporting clinical development include evaluation of bioequivalence and bioavailability to monitor the rate and extent to which a drug is available in the body and to demonstrate that the availability is consistent between formulations. We also offer in-vitro bioequivalence testing for poorly absorbed topical and oral drugs. We offer support and testing services in clinical sample development, release and stability.
4.The post-approval phase follows FDA approval of the NDA or BLA. This includes production and continued analytical and clinical monitoring of the drug. The post-approval phase also includes development and regulatory approval of product modifications and line extensions, including improved dosage forms. The drug manufacturer must comply with quality assurance and quality control requirements throughout production and must continue analytical and stability studies of the drug during commercial production to continue to validate production processes and confirm product shelf life. Samples from each manufactured batch must be tested prior to release of the batch for distribution to the public.
We also provide services during the post-approval phase, including bioequivalence studies of new formulations, line extensions, new disease indications and drug interaction studies.
Increases in our services offerings have resulted in our ability to provide a broader range of services to our clients, often using combined services of several disciplines to address program needs. Our ability to solve problems by combining our knowledge base, services and products has been a factor in our selection by small startup biotechnology companies and major pharmaceutical companies to assist in several preclinical through post-approval phases.
Clients
We provide our services and products to organizations engaged in basic research, biomedical device and pharmaceutical research and development. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, we made sales to over 2,200 companies, ranging from emerging biopharmaceutical companies up to some of the largest pharmaceutical companies in the world. We discuss client concentration and geographic information related to our business in Note 4 - Segment and Geographic Information to our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8.
Recurring business from existing clients is important to ongoing operations. Our clients’ needs for our services and products increase and decrease depending on the stage of their research activities, so we experience some client turnover. Our business development efforts focus on both expanding existing client relationships and acquiring new clients. Our DSA segment, due to its broad menu of services and flexibility in study design, is well positioned to serve the emerging biopharmaceutical segment during the discovery and development phases. Historically, our RMS segment has maintained stable, long-term relationships with a majority of our clients due to their overarching preference for consistency in the
products they use to conduct their studies. However, we are continuing our efforts to cross-sell and expand our client base. We discuss client concentration of revenue in Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8.
Contractual Arrangements
Our DSA contracts typically establish an estimated fee to be paid for a proposed set of services designed in consultation with the client. In most cases, some percentage of the contract fee is paid in advance. While we are performing a contract, clients sometimes adjust the scope of services to be provided based on interim project results, in which cash fees are adjusted accordingly. Generally, our fee-for-service contracts are terminable by the client upon written notice of 30 days or less for a variety of reasons, including the client’s decision to forego a particular study, the failure of product prototypes to satisfy safety requirements, and unexpected or undesired results of product testing. Cancellation or delay of ongoing contracts may result in fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results. We are generally able to recover, at a minimum, our invested costs when contracts are terminated.
Our RMS product contracts are typically short-term in nature and based upon purchase orders submitted by clients to satisfy specific requirements for their research. Pricing is based upon list prices, which are market-adjusted. In addition, prior to Inotiv’s acquisition of Envigo, Envigo entered into a five-year supplier agreement with a key strategic partner that included minimum purchase commitments through the end of the third year of the agreement and preferred pricing (equal to best price extended to similar clients). The contract’s initial term ended during the third fiscal quarter 2024 and was automatically renewed and continues until either party provides notice to terminate. Any termination notice must be provided two years in advance of the desired termination date. At this time, no termination notice has been provided. Contract breeding and colony management service contracts are generally billed as per diems over the contract period.
Sales and Marketing
We promote our services through centralized business development and marketing efforts and scientist-to-scientist communications. We recognize that our growth depends upon our ability to continually improve client satisfaction in order to deepen existing and establish new client relationships.
In November of 2019, the Company rebranded its contract research services business as “Inotiv.” Adoption of the trade name Inotiv symbolized the expansion and supplementation of the Company’s legacy contract research service operations through significant business acquisitions as well as internal growth. Since the rebranding, the Company has marketed and otherwise managed its contract research services operations under the name Inotiv.
The Company acquired Envigo RMS Holding Corp in November of 2021. After its acquisition, the research models business of Envigo has continued to operate under the Envigo brand as “an Inotiv company” and comprises the majority of the RMS segment of Inotiv. Since March of 2023, the Company has worked to consolidate all DSA and RMS products and services under the Inotiv trade mark, as evidenced by the launch of a unified website under the Inotiv domain.
Our commercial initiatives include integrated campaigns designed to help differentiate and promote our products and services. Through trade events, digital and print advertising, direct communication, newsletters, scientific webinars, social media, and our website, we provide our perspective on current industry challenges and developments to create an ongoing dialogue with our clients and to promote our industry expertise, quality, technology and innovation. Historically, we have reinforced key messages and selling points through client visits, presentations, corporate material and at trade events and industry conferences.
We encourage and sponsor the participation of our scientific and technical personnel in a variety of professional endeavors, including in-person (seminar) and virtual (webinar) speaking engagements, the presentation of papers at national and international professional trade meetings and the publication of scientific articles in medical and pharmaceutical journals. Through these endeavors we seek to emphasize our reputation for both scientific depth and operational excellence.
As of September 30, 2025, in addition to our leadership team and scientists, we had 140 employees on our commercial team supporting sales, marketing, client experience, client service and program management for both our DSA and RMS clients. These resources are located in both North America and U.K./Europe to serve major research markets.
Competition
Our two operating segments compete with other businesses, which range in size and capabilities, both financial and operational. In addition to competing companies in both segments, we compete with internal research and development teams at our client companies. There is competition for clients on the basis of many factors, including scientific and technological expertise, quality, reputation, responsiveness, price, scope of product and related service offerings, and geographic presence. Further, specific to the RMS segment, we believe there are significant barriers to becoming a global provider of research models, including the construction of bio-secure barrier production facilities, flexible-film isolator production facilities and the population of these facilities with approximately 250 species and strains of animal models (including over 80 genetically engineered rodent models), which requires years of investment and strict operating procedures.
For DSA, we have many competitors, including two public companies in the U.S. and three public companies in China.
For RMS, there are seven main competitors, including one public company in the U.S., four privately-held companies in the U.S., one government-funded, not-for-profit entity in the U.S., and one privately-held company in Europe.
Industry Support and Animal Welfare
Inotiv is committed to delivering high-level health status and genetic quality, operational performance and client service. High standards of animal welfare are vital to delivering on each of these objectives and are a principal focus of Inotiv. Inotiv is an advocate for implementation of Replacement, Reduction and Refinement (“3Rs”). Members of Inotiv's scientific and technical care staff undertake continuing professional development in the field of laboratory animal science, with special focus on animal welfare and the 3Rs, and they are encouraged to publish and present within the scientific community.
Inotiv has formed internal oversight bodies, including the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (IACUC) in the U.S., the Animal Welfare and Ethical Review Body (AWERB) in the U.K., and the Animal Welfare Body (AWB) in the E.U., comprising staff from many disciplines within the DSA and RMS segments, in addition to external representation, to implement applicable regulations and provide strict oversight of animal welfare matters. All of Inotiv’s animal production facilities are accredited by the Association for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care (AAALAC) International, a private, non-profit, international accrediting organization that promotes the humane treatment of animals in science through voluntary accreditation and assessment programs. Our facilities are also routinely inspected by government agencies tasked with enforcing animal welfare regulations.
Inotiv is firmly committed to the 3Rs and to reducing the number of animals used in research by emphasizing health monitoring and genetic integrity to decrease study data variability. Whenever possible, technological advances, such as new diagnostic tests for screening pathogens in laboratory rodents, micro-sampling and in vitro assays, are used.
Laboratory animals remain an essential component in the research and development that our clients conduct. They further our knowledge of living systems and help in the discovery and development of products that can save or enhance human and animal lives. The Company works with the scientific community to improve our understanding and promote best practice in the care and welfare of research animals. As providers of research models to the research community and scientists conducting experiments on behalf of our clients to help discover and develop new medicines, Inotiv is responsible to our clients and the public for the health and well-being of the animals in our care.
Further, the FDA Modernization Act 2.0, passed in December 2022, removed certain references to animal testing in the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the "FDCA") to facilitate the broader acceptance of alternatives to animal testing. In April 2025, the FDA published a roadmap to reduce animal testing in preclinical safety studies with scientifically validated new approach methodologies ("NAMs"). Inotiv supports, has invested in, and plans to continue to invest in, the use of NAMs toward the development of efficacious and safe therapies. Currently, some of the services we offer in support of NAMs include computational toxicology, genetic toxicology in bacteria and mammalian cells, and proteomic pathway profiling in human and animal tissues.
Human Capital Management
As of September 30, 2025, we had 1,945 full-time employees and 101 part-time employees. All employees enter into confidentiality agreements intended to protect our proprietary information. We believe that our relations with our
employees are good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. Our performance depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified professional, scientific and technical staff. The level of competition among employers for skilled personnel is high. We believe that our employee benefit plans enhance employee morale, professional commitment and work productivity and provide an incentive for employees to remain with the Company.
Our primary objectives and philosophy of our compensation programs are to (i) drive leadership behaviors that maximize long-term stockholder value creation and (ii) attract and retain talented colleagues with the skills necessary to successfully manage and grow our business.
Attracting, retaining, and developing talent is a core principle of our talent management and total rewards strategy. Compensation and benefit programs are an important part of our employment relationship, which also includes challenging and rewarding work, growth and career development opportunities and being part of a leading CRO with a diverse and talented workforce that helps clients develop life-changing therapies. We strive to have the following features as part of our compensation and benefits:
•a consistent framework that is affordable to the business;
•a pay for performance focus - individuals are rewarded for performance and overall contributions to business success;
•compensation is fair and equitable, irrespective of gender, race, or similar personal characteristics; and
•a total rewards package that will be competitive with leading companies.
Compensation is used to attract, retain, and motivate employees and to reward the achievement of business results through the delivery of competitive pay and discretionary incentive programs. Benefits provide employees with income security and protection from catastrophic loss. We will continue to evaluate and develop affordable, competitive benefit programs that meet these objectives. No one element is more important than any other, and business judgment is used to balance them to ensure our compensation and benefits strategy is effective in supporting our overall business strategy.
Our Guiding Principles consist of:
•Pay Equity - employee compensation should be fair and equitable.
•Performance Orientation - compensation programs should support and reinforce a pay-for-performance culture.
•Competitive Positioning - critical to attracting, motivating, and retaining a high-performance team.
•Affordability - compensation and benefits must be affordable to us over the medium to long-term.
•Consistency and Stability - compensation and benefit programs should have a high degree of consistency and should not significantly fluctuate year-over-year.
•Delivery Efficiency - compensation, benefits, and other related programs should be consistent, equitable and easy to administer.
•Deliver Effectiveness - clearly defined metrics should be developed for compensation, benefits, and other related programs that are aligned with corporate business performance metrics.
Attracting, retaining, and developing world class talent that is empowered to work together to compete and win is a fundamental aspect of our corporate strategy. A foundational principle of our talent management strategy is an unwavering commitment to equal opportunity in all aspects of employment, including the way we compensate and reward our employees.
Regulatory Matters
We are subject to various federal, state, and local laws and regulations and inspections designed to promote compliance therewith. We strive to conduct our business in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Violations of these laws and regulations may result in sanctions, including substantial fines, warning letters that require corrective action (including potential facilities improvement requirements), revocation of approvals, exclusion from future participation in government healthcare programs and grants, criminal prosecution and even the denial or debarment of the right to conduct business. We hold a range of permits and licenses, related to our activities.
We are subject to extensive regulatory requirements and are held to related and additional FDA expectations, all designed to ensure the quality and integrity of our data and products and to bioresearch monitoring (BIMO), including government inspections and audits related thereto and clinical trial monitoring. These regulations and related expectations include those promulgated under the FDCA, as amended from time to time, and issued by the FDA in guidances for industry (“GFI”), covering good laboratory practice (“GLP”), current good manufacturing practice (“CGMP”), bioequivalence (“BE”), and good clinical practice ("GCP"). These requirements demand rigorous attention to research; development; safety; manufacturing quality control; employee training; detailed documentation; equipment and computer validation; promotion and advertising; careful tracking of changes and routine auditing of compliance. Noncompliance with these standards could result in disqualification of project data collected by the Company, which would substantially impact our ability to meet our obligations to clients, and, in severe cases, discontinuance of selected operations. The products and services we offer to international clients are also subject to foreign regulatory requirements, which vary from country to country.
We are subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare and other regulations, including anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws (such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977), and could face substantial penalties if we fail to comply with such regulations and laws. In particular, the relationships that we, and third parties that market and/or sell our products, have with purchasers of our products, are subject to scrutiny under various state and federal laws, including those referred to collectively as healthcare fraud and abuse laws.
Our facilities and operations are subject to various federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to protection of human health and the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the environment and the storage, handling, use, treatment, disposal, and recycling of hazardous substances and wastes, as well as relating to the humane treatment of animals in our custody, as further described below. Such laws include, without limitation, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Animal Welfare Act and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. As environmental laws and regulations continue to evolve, it is likely we will be subject to increasingly stringent environmental standards in the future, particularly under air and water quality laws and standards related to climate change issues. Environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become increasingly stringent over time.
As a result of the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement, a compliance monitor was established, in partnership with the Company, to ensure adherence to all federal Animal Welfare Act and Clean Water Act laws, rules, and regulations, as well as all federal and applicable state and local animal welfare, animal cruelty, water, and sewage laws, rules, and regulations. This also included compliance with Company policies, procedures, and the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement. The compliance monitor collaborates with the Company to oversee the nationwide compliance plan (as defined in the Plea Agreement), ensuring all activities are conducted ethically and in full compliance with the established regulatory framework.
Analytical Services
Laboratories that provide information included in INDs, NDAs and BLAs must conform to regulatory requirements that are designed to ensure the quality and integrity of the testing process. Most of our contract research services are subject to government standards for laboratory practices that are embodied in regulations for GLP, CGMP, BE and GCP. The FDA, Environmental Protection Agency and other regulatory authorities require that test results submitted to such authorities be based on studies conducted in accordance with the regulations listed above. These requirements include but are not restricted to the following areas:
•Resources - organization, personnel, facilities and equipment;
•Rules - protocols and written procedures;
•Characterization - test items, test systems and method validation;
•Documentation - raw data, final report and archives; and
•Quality unit - formalized internal audit function.
We must also maintain reports for each study for specified periods for auditing by the study sponsor and by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities in other parts of the world. Regulatory monitoring authorities such as the FDA, have indicated an increased emphasis on the management of electronic records generated by computerized systems to ensure data integrity. Noncompliance with these regulations can result in the disqualification of data collected during
the preclinical trial, which would substantially impact our ability to meet our obligations to clients, and, in severe cases, lead to discontinuance of selected operations.
Nonclinical Services
Our animal research facilities are subject to a variety of federal and state laws and regulations, including rules and regulations enforced by the National Institutes of Health ("NIH") and the United States Department of Agriculture ("USDA"), such as the Animal Welfare Act ("AWA"). These regulations establish the standards for the humane treatment, care and handling of animals by breeders, dealers and research facilities. Our animal research facilities maintain detailed standard operating procedures and other documentation designed to comply with applicable regulations for the humane treatment of animals in our custody. If the USDA determines that our equipment, facilities, laboratories or processes do not comply with applicable AWA standards, it may issue an inspection report documenting the deficiencies and setting deadlines for any required corrective actions. For continued noncompliance, the USDA may impose fines, suspend and/or revoke animal research licenses or confiscate research animals. In addition to being licensed by the USDA as a research facility where applicable, we have registered assurances with the NIH.
Research Models and Services
As the RMS segment operates in a number of distinct environments and in a variety of locations worldwide, the RMS segment is subject to numerous, and sometimes overlapping, regulatory environments.
The AWA governs the care and use of certain species of animals used for research, exhibition, transportation and commercial breeding in the U.S. The AWA does not regulate laboratory-bred rats, mice and birds used in research. For regulated species, the AWA and the associated animal care regulations require producers and users of regulated species to provide veterinary care and to utilize specific husbandry practices such as cage size, shipping conditions, sanitation and environmental enrichment to assure the welfare of these animals and to file required reports with NIH's Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare. Separately, facilities using live vertebrate animals in research funded by the U.S. Public Health Service (“PHS”) must also adhere to the PHS Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals and follow the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals produced by the Institute for Laboratory Animal Research.
The RMS segment is subject to licensing and registration requirement standards set by the USDA and similar agencies in other countries for the care and use of regulated species. Our operations in Europe are subject to the standards as stipulated by Directive 2010/63/EU on the Protection of Animals Used for Scientific Purposes, as amended in 2019 by Regulation (EU) 2019/1010, including new reporting and transparency requirements and mandated collection of data and publication of statistics by Member States. Stipulations within that Directive were transposed into national legislations within Europe in 2013. We are regularly consulted and inspected by the relevant national authorities in each nation in which we operate.
The RMS segment's import and export of animals and its operations in foreign countries are subject to international agreements and conventions, as well as a variety of national, regional, and local laws and regulations, which establish the standards for the humane treatment, care, handling and transport of animals by breeders, dealers and research facilities.
In addition, the specific activities of some RMS lines of business require RMS entities to hold specialized licenses for the conduct, manufacture, and distribution of particular products and services.
All of RMS’s sites are subject to licensing and regulation under international treaties and conventions, including national, regional and local laws relating to:
•the surface and air transportation of laboratory specimens;
•the handling, use, storage and disposal of chemicals (including anesthetics, narcotics and psychotropic drugs), biological reagents, laboratory specimens, hazardous waste and radioactive materials;
•the safety and health of employees and visitors to our facilities; and
•protection of the environment and general public.
To meet these compliance obligations, Inotiv has established quality assurance procedures and functions. The quality assurance function operates independently from those individuals that manage RMS production.
Controlled, Hazardous, and Environmentally Threatening Substances
Some of our development and testing activities are subject to the Controlled Substances Act administered by the Drug Enforcement Agency ("DEA"), which strictly regulates all narcotic and habit-forming substances. We maintain restricted-access facilities and heightened control procedures for projects involving such substances due to the level of security and other controls required by the DEA.
Our laboratories are subject to licensing and regulation under federal, state and local laws relating to hazard communication and employee right-to-know regulations, the handling and disposal of medical specimens and hazardous waste, as well as the safety and health of laboratory employees. All of our laboratories are subject to applicable federal and state laws and regulations relating to the storage and disposal of laboratory specimens, including regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of Transportation, the National Fire Protection Agency and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. We may incur liability for alleged environmental damages associated with the off-site transportation and disposal of hazardous substances. Generators of hazardous substances which are transported to disposal sites where environmental problems are alleged to exist are subject to claims under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”), and state counterparts. CERCLA imposes strict, joint and several liabilities for investigatory and cleanup costs upon hazardous substance generators, site owners and operators, and other potentially responsible parties. We may be held liable for all costs arising out of any release of hazardous substances and for consequences arising out of human exposure to such substances, which costs may be material. In addition, changes in any environmental laws may increase costs of compliance and liabilities arising from any past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances and may materially adversely affect the business.
The regulations of the U.S. Department of Transportation, the PHS and the U.S. Postal Service apply to the surface and air transportation of laboratory specimens. Our laboratories must also comply with the International Air Transport Association regulations which govern international shipments of laboratory specimens. Furthermore, when materials are sent to a foreign country, the transportation of such materials becomes subject to the laws, rules and regulations of such foreign country.
Safety
In addition to comprehensive regulation of safety in the workplace generally, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration has established extensive requirements relating to workplace safety for health care employers, whose workers may be exposed to blood-borne pathogens such as HIV and the hepatitis B virus, chemicals and drugs, and respiratory hazards. These regulations, among other things, require work practice controls, protective clothing and equipment, training, medical follow-up, vaccinations and other measures designed to minimize exposure to chemicals, transmission of blood-borne and airborne pathogens, and other potential hazards. Additionally, relevant employees must receive initial and periodic training focusing on compliance with applicable hazardous materials regulations and health and safety guidelines.
Trends Affecting the Drug Discovery and Development Industry
Our services and products are primarily marketed globally to pharmaceutical, medical research and biotechnology companies and institutions (academic and governmental) engaged in drug research and development. The research services industry is highly fragmented among many niche vendors as well as a small number of consolidating larger companies; the latter offer an ever-growing portfolio of start-to-finish pharmaceutical development services. Our services and products may have distinctly different clients (including separate divisions in a single large pharmaceutical company) and requirements. We believe that market trends in the pharmaceutical and biotech industries demonstrate an increasing emphasis towards outsourcing, as companies seek to maintain reduced internal resources in favor of variable cost models that offer high quality and higher accountability alternatives to meet their drug discovery and development needs. We believe that our clients are facing increased pressure to outsource facets of their research and development activities and that the following factors are the main contributors to client outsourcing.
Limited Research Model Availability
Over the last five years, importation of NHPs into the U.S. has decreased, most notably due to China's decision in 2020 to cease the exportation of cynomolgus monkeys, the species most commonly involved in pharmaceutical product development, and further exacerbated in November 2022 by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of Florida ("USAO-SDFL") criminally charging employees of our then-principal supplier of NHPs, along with two Cambodian
government officials. These changes to the world supply of a critical research model have resulted in a need to source increased numbers of NHPs from breeding farms principally located in Vietnam and Mauritius Island, with a resultant marked increase in unit pricing. While the cost of NHPs during fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024 decreased in comparison to fiscal 2023, we believe that the cost of NHPs and the related impact on global supply could limit the ability of small innovator companies to fund the initial safety evaluation of new product candidates, thereby adversely influencing their demand for NHPs from us.
Accelerated Drug Development
Clients continue to demand faster, more efficient, more selective development of an increasing pool of drug candidates. Consequently, our clients require fast, high-quality service in order to make well-informed decisions to quickly exclude poor candidates and increase the speed of development of promising ones. The need for additional development capacity to exploit more opportunities, accelerate development, extend market exclusivity and increase profitability drives the demand for outsourced services.
Outsourcing Trends for New Drug Candidates
The time and cost required to develop a new drug or device candidate have generally increased. Many small and virtual pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies do not have sufficient internal resources to pursue development of new drug candidates on their own. Consequently, these companies are looking to the drug discovery and development services industry for cost-effective, innovative and rapid means of developing new drugs. Looking to the future, as we continue to explore how we can better support our clients, and their development of novel medicines going forward, we have embarked on a program to standardize the capture of data generated in discovery, safety, and clinical studies. The goal of this program is to structure our data in a way that, in the future, may allow an AI approach to integrate them to find correlations between discovery and safety data, and clinical outcomes that can innovate and accelerate our translational medicine offering.
Cost Pressures of Introducing New Drugs
Market forces, healthcare reform and other governmental initiatives place significant pressures on pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to reduce drug prices. In addition, increased competition as a result of patent expiration, market acceptance of generic drugs, and governmental and privately managed care organization efforts to reduce healthcare costs have added to drug pricing pressures. The pharmaceutical industry has responded by consolidating, streamlining operations, decentralizing internal discovery and development processes and minimizing fixed costs. In addition, increased pressures to differentiate products and justify drug pricing are resulting in an increased focus on healthcare economics, safety monitoring and commercialization services. Moreover, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are attempting to increase the speed and efficiency of internal new drug discovery and development processes.
Patent Expiration
As exclusivity ends with patent expiration, drug companies defend their proprietary positions against generic competition with various patent extension strategies. Both the drug company pursuing these extensions and the generic competitors provide additional opportunities for the Company.
Alliances
Strategic alliances allow pharmaceutical companies to share research know-how and to develop and market new drugs faster in more diverse, global markets. We believe that such alliances will lead to a greater number of potential drugs in testing, many under study by small and virtual companies lacking broad internal resources to conduct such testing. These small and virtual companies can seek to add shareholder value by further developing new products through outsourcing, reducing risk for potential allies. Clients seek realistic business partnerships with their service provider in an effort to ensure that costs are controlled and scientific continuity is maintained as their development programs progress. We have long-standing business relationships with many pharmaceutical companies, continue to offer flexible services and aim to adapt to our clients’ requirements.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Consolidation in the pharmaceutical industry as well as its supporting contract research industry is commonplace. As pharmaceutical industry firms blend personnel, resources and business activities, we believe they will continue to streamline operations and minimize staffing, which will lead to more outsourcing and a dependence on small and virtual drug discovery efforts to feed their pipelines. Consolidation may result in a disruption in the progress of drug development programs as merging companies rationalize their respective drug development pipelines. In addition, we believe that consolidation within the contract research industry has created a unique opportunity for the emergence of mid-market CRO providers who can offer clients a high degree of “touch” not only in study execution, but in program design and regulatory agency interactions.
Biotechnology Industry and Virtual Drug Company Growth
The U.S. biotechnology industry has grown rapidly over the last two decades and has emerged as a key client segment for the drug discovery and development services industry. In recent years, this industry has generated significant numbers of new drug candidates that will require development and regulatory approval. Many biotechnology drug developers do not have sufficient in-house resources to conduct early stage drug development. Numerous new companies choose only to carry a product to a development stage sufficient to attract a partner who will provide funding for later stages of clinical trials, manufacturing and marketing. Because of the time and cost involved, these companies typically rely heavily on CROs to conduct research for their drug candidates.
Specialized Technical Expertise
The increasing complexity of new drug candidates requires highly specialized, innovative, solution-driven research not available in all client labs. We believe that this need for specialized technical expertise will increasingly lead to outsourcing of research activity. We believe further that the reliance of the pharmaceutical industry on small innovative drug discovery companies, which are often overlooked by large CROs, creates an opportunity for strategic partnership with mid-market, consulting-based and innovative CROs such as ours.
Data Management and Quality Expertise
Our clients and worldwide regulatory authorities require more data, greater access to that data, consistent and auditable management of that data, and greater security and control of that data. We have made investments in software throughout our contract services groups to optimize efficiency and promote compliance with regulations and market expectations.
Globalization of the Marketplace
Foreign entities rely on independent development companies like ours with experience in the U.S. to provide integrated services through all phases of product development and to assist in preparing complex regulatory submissions. Domestic drug entities are broadening product availability globally, which increases demand for local regulatory approval. We believe that we and other domestic service providers with global reach, established regulatory expertise, and a broad range of integrated development services and products will benefit from this trend.
Our Solution
We address the needs of the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, as well as academic, non-profit and government organizations, for drug discovery and development by providing integrated products and services to help our clients maximize the return on their research and development investments. We have focused on stabilizing critical supply chain issues particularly related to research models. We believe our application of innovative technologies and products and our commitment to quality throughout the drug discovery and development process offer our clients a way to identify and develop successful drugs and devices more quickly and cost-effectively. We have obtained significant drug development expertise from over 50 years of operation, and in recent years, we have added to our CRO service offerings through expansion of current facilities, acquisitions and startup initiatives to build new service offerings internally.
Product Liability and Insurance
We maintain product liability and professional errors and omissions liability insurance, providing coverage on a claims-made basis. Additionally, in certain circumstances, we seek to manage our liability risk through contractual provisions to
be indemnified by the client or covered by the client’s liability insurance policies. Also, in certain types of engagements, we seek to limit our contractual liability to clients to the amount of fees received. Our client contractual arrangements are subject to negotiation, and the terms and scope of indemnification, liability limitation and insurance coverage vary by client and project.
Intellectual Property
We believe that our patents, trademarks, copyrights and other proprietary rights are important to our business. Accordingly, we actively seek protection for those rights both in the United States and abroad. Where we deem it to be an appropriate course of action, we will vigorously prosecute patent infringements.
Our issued patents are protected for durations ranging from October of 2031 to February of 2034. We also hold various U.S. registered copyrights and trademarks. In addition to these formal intellectual property rights, we rely on trade secrets, unpatented know-how and continuing applications research which we seek to protect through means of reasonable business procedures, such as confidentiality agreements.
Raw Materials
There are no specialized raw materials that are particularly essential to our business. We have a variety of alternative suppliers for the components in our diet, bedding and enrichment products.
Information about our Executive Officers
Below are the names, ages and positions of each of our current executive officers.
Robert W. Leasure, Jr., age 66, joined the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer on January 12, 2019. Mr. Leasure serves as the managing partner and president of LS Associates LLC (“LS”), a management and turnaround firm formed in 2002. From September 2016 until Mr. Leasure’s employment, the Company engaged LS as a financial consultant. Mr. Leasure’s experience working with management teams in areas including strategic planning and implementation, problem solving, operations, mergers and acquisitions and financial transactions, and in particular Mr. Leasure’s experience leading the Company’s turnaround and subsequent growth, well situate him for his role as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director. Mr. Leasure’s current term on the board expires at the 2028 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
John E. Sagartz, DVM, Ph.D., DACVP, age 59, joined the Company as part of the Company’s acquisition of Seventh Wave Laboratories on July 2, 2018. Following the acquisition, Dr. Sagartz has served as the Company’s Chief Strategy Officer and joined Inotiv’s Board of Directors to help guide strategy in order to provide broader solutions and greater scientific expertise to the Company’s clients. Dr. Sagartz began his career as a toxicologic pathologist at Searle/Monsanto in 1996, and held positions of increasing responsibility as section head, director, preclinical development site head, and fellow, following Monsanto’s merger with Pharmacia. After Pfizer’s acquisition of Pharmacia in 2003, Dr. Sagartz founded Seventh Wave Laboratories where he served as President and Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Strategy Officer. Dr. Sagartz is an adjunct associate professor of Comparative Medicine at St. Louis University’s College of Medicine and serves on the Board of Directors of the National Association for Biomedical Research. He received his Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Veterinary Medicine degrees from Kansas State University and, after completing residency training in anatomic pathology, earned his Doctor of Philosophy from The Ohio State University. Dr. Sagartz has the education and experience to provide strategic insight and industry knowledge to serve as Chief Strategy Officer for the Company and serve as a director. Dr. Sagartz’s current term on the board expires at the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Beth A. Taylor, age 60, joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer on March 9, 2020. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Taylor held financial positions of Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer at Endocyte, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from 2011-2019, VP of Finance and Corporate Controller at Author Solutions, Inc., Harlan Laboratories, Inc. and Republic Airways Holdings and Finance Director at Rolls-Royce Corporation. Ms. Taylor started her career in audit assurance with Deloitte and received a B.S. in Accounting from Kelley School of Business, Indiana University in Bloomington, Indiana.
Brennan Freeman, age 38, joined the Company as Corporate Controller on July 12, 2021. On October 25, 2022, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Freeman as Vice President - Finance and Corporate Controller of the Company. Mr. Freeman also serves as the Company’s principal accounting officer. Mr. Freeman began his career at Ernst & Young LLP, where he
held various positions, including most recently as Manager - Global Life Sciences Assurance Resident from July 2018 to September 2018, Senior Manager - Global Life Sciences Assurance Resident from October 2018 - June 2020 and Senior Manager - Assurance Services from July 2020 - July 2021 and received a Bachelor of Science in Business, majoring in Finance & Accounting from Indiana University/Purdue University Indianapolis, Indiana
Jeff Krupp, age 54, joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Human Resources, on March 28, 2022. Mr. Krupp was appointed Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company effective January 17, 2023. Prior to his tenure with the Company, Mr. Krupp served as Vice President, Human Resources at Dover Corporation, a diversified global manufacturer, from 2021 to 2022. From 2012 to 2020, he held pivotal senior-level roles at Wabash National Corporation, including Vice President, Talent Management; Vice President, Human Resources & Global Manufacturing; and Vice President, Human Resources. Mr. Krupp's extensive career in Human Resources spans over two decades, also encompassing significant roles at Masco Corporation as Director, Human Resources, from 2007 to 2012, and at Commercial Vehicle Group, from 2002 to 2007, in the same capacity. He embarked on his 27-year journey in Human Resources with Magna International in 1998. Mr. Krupp holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Anderson University and a Bachelor of Science degree from Tennessee Wesleyan University.
John Gregory Beattie, age 59, joined the Company in February 2021 as the Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Beattie held Corporate Vice President positions at Charles River Laboratories, a contract research organization, where he led business units within all three of their segments. In these roles, Mr. Beattie was responsible for driving operational performance. Mr. Beattie holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology from McGill University, a Master of Science degree in Experimental Health Sciences from Université du Quebéc, a Master of Business Administration degree from the Quantic School of Business and Technology and graduated from the Kellogg Management Institute program at Northwestern University.
Andrea Castetter, age 48, joined the Company as Senior Vice President - General Counsel and Corporate Secretary on October 23, 2023. On June 4, 2024, the Board of Directors appointed Ms. Castetter as Senior Vice President - General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer and, subsequently, on May 21, 2025, she was appointed Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer. Prior to joining Inotiv, Ms. Castetter served most recently as Associate Vice President, Chief Operating Officer - Legal for Eli Lilly and Company, a global pharmaceutical company, and in other progressive roles with Eli Lilly and Company for 23 years, including as Assistant General Counsel-Information Technology, Information Security, Cybersecurity, Privacy, and Insider Threat; Patent Counsel; and Biologist. Ms. Castetter received her Juris Doctor degree from Indiana University Robert H. McKinney School of Law, and her Bachelor of Science degree from Butler University.
Adrian Hardy, Ph.D., age 55, joined the Company as a part of the acquisition of Envigo on November 5, 2021. Following the acquisition, Dr. Hardy served as the Company’s Executive Vice President. On June 4, 2024, Dr. Hardy was appointed as the Chief Commercial Officer. Prior to joining Inotiv, Dr. Hardy held the title of Envigo’s Chief Executive Officer from 2016 to 2021, Envigo’s Chief Operating Officer from 2014 to 2016 and prior to 2014, Dr. Hardy held global leadership roles for Envigo in strategy, operations, business development, sales, corporate development, and strategic marketing. Prior to joining Envigo, he also spent three years in product management for a subsidiary of Novartis. Dr. Hardy received his Bachelor of Science degree in Human Biology from King’s College, University of London and received his doctorate in Developmental and Molecular Biology from University College, University of London.
Available Information
Our Internet address is www.inotiv.com. We routinely post important information for investors on our website in the “Investors” section. We use this website as a means of disclosing material information in compliance with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Accordingly, investors should monitor the “Investors” section of our website, in addition to following our press releases, Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings, public conference calls, presentations and webcasts. Investors can easily find or navigate to pertinent information about us, free of charge, on our website, including:
•our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the SEC;
•announcements of investor conferences and events at which our executives talk about our company and competitive strategies;
•press releases on quarterly earnings, product and services announcements, legal developments and other material news that we may post from time to time;
•corporate governance information, including our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, information concerning our Board of Directors and its committees, including the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee, and other governance-related policies;
•shareholder services information, including ways to contact our transfer agent; and
•opportunities to subscribe to investor email alerts.
The information available on our website is not incorporated by reference in, or a part of, this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

---

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, which may affect our future financial performance or condition. If any of the events or circumstances described below occur, our business and financial performance or condition could be adversely affected, our actual results could differ materially from our expectations and the market value of our stock could decline. The risks and uncertainties discussed below are not the only ones we face. There may be additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material that may adversely affect our business and financial performance.
All dollar amounts shown within this Part I, Item 1A are presented in thousands.
Risks Related to our Financial Activities
We have identified conditions and events that could raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
We have identified certain conditions or events, which are discussed below, that could raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result of these and as disclosed elsewhere in this report, substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern exists.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, revenue and operating loss were $513,024 and $30,902, respectively, as compared to $490,739 and $86,406, respectively, in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. The Company had negative operating cash flows, operating losses and net losses in both years. As of September 30, 2025, the Company has cash and cash equivalents of $21,741 and access to a $15,000 revolving credit facility, which had a $3,000 balance outstanding as of September 30, 2025. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants under its Credit Agreement as of September 30, 2025. If the Company's results of operations in the twelve months following the date of this report do not improve relative to its fiscal 2025 results, the Company will be at risk of non-compliance with its financial covenants under its Credit Agreement. Further, the Company's Term Loan Facility, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Incremental Term Loans mature in the next 12 months. Management's fiscal 2026 annual operating plan forecasts noncompliance with its financial covenants under the Credit Agreement.
If at any time in the twelve months following the date of this report, the Company fails to comply with its financial covenants which remains unremedied for the period of time stipulated under the Credit Agreement, this would constitute an event of default under the Credit Agreement and the lenders may, among other remedies set out under the Credit Agreement, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the borrowings (which include the term loans) plus accrued and unpaid interest to be immediately due and payable. Furthermore, if the lenders were to accelerate the loans under the Credit Agreement, such acceleration would constitute a default under our indentures governing the Company's Convertible Senior Notes (the "Notes") and the Company's 15.00% Senior Secured Second Lien PIK Notes due 2027 (the "Second Lien Notes") which, if not cured within 30 days following notice of such default from such trustees or holders of 25 percent of the Notes and from the trustee or holders of 30 percent of the Second Lien Notes, would permit the trustee or such holders to accelerate the Notes and the Second Lien Notes. If the loans under the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Second Lien Notes are accelerated, the Company does not believe its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, would be sufficient to fund its operations, satisfy its obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and repay the entirety of its outstanding senior term loans, outstanding Notes, outstanding revolving credit facility balance, and outstanding Second Lien Notes in the next twelve months. Additionally, access to the revolver would be restricted and such funds would not be available to pay for any operating activities.
Our evaluation of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles entailed analyzing prospective fully implemented operating budgets and forecasts for expectations of our cash needs and comparing those needs to the current cash and cash equivalent balances in order to satisfy our obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and to comply with minimum liquidity and financial covenant requirements under our debt covenants related to borrowings pursuant to its Credit Agreement for at least the next twelve months. This evaluation initially does not take into consideration the potential mitigating effect of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented and are outside of its control as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When substantial doubt exists under this methodology, we evaluate whether the mitigating effect of our plans sufficiently alleviates substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The mitigating effect of management’s plans, however, is only considered if both (1) it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued, and (2) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate the relevant conditions or
events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued. As a result of the factors outlined above, substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern exists.
In addition, the fact that there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and that the Company is operating under these conditions may adversely affect the Company’s stock price, its ability to raise capital, its ability to comply with its Credit Agreement and its normal business operations, among other implications.
We have experienced periods of losses and financial insecurity.
Throughout our history, we have experienced periods of financial losses and financial hardship. Our current efforts may not result in profitability, or if our efforts result in profits, such profits may not continue for any meaningful period of time. In order to finance various acquisitions, expand certain facilities, resolve certain legal matters, and support our operations, we have significantly increased our leverage. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, the Company had both an operating loss and a net loss, and may continue to experience losses in the future. Sustained losses may result in our inability to service our financial obligations as they come due, to comply with the financial covenants under our Credit Agreement, or to meaningfully invest in our business.
We have significant indebtedness, which may impair our ability to raise capital or impact our ability to service our debt.
We have significant indebtedness, which may impair our ability to raise capital, including to expand our business, pursue strategic investments, and take advantage of financing or other opportunities that we believe to be in the best interests of the Company and our shareholders. Our senior term loans, of which the outstanding balance as of September 30, 2025 was $268,654, will mature on November 5, 2026. The Company does not believe its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, would be sufficient to fund its operations, satisfy its obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and repay the entirety of its outstanding senior term loans, outstanding Notes, outstanding revolving credit facility balance and outstanding Second Lien Notes in the next twelve months. Further, the Credit Agreement will terminate on the maturity date, with any outstanding amounts under the revolving credit facility becoming due on that date and no further borrowings will be able to be made under the Credit Agreement.
Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal (including at maturity), to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, curtailing spend, restructuring debt, or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness depends on numerous factors, including the debt market, the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Our level of indebtedness may also impact our ability to service our debt, repay our debt at maturity and to comply with financial covenants and the other terms of our relevant credit arrangements, in which case our lenders might pursue available remedies up to and including terminating our credit arrangements and foreclosing on available collateral.
While we have implemented efforts to curtail spending, there is no assurance that any such efforts will be successful or will have intended effect on our available cash.
Our Credit Agreement contains covenants that restrict our business and financing activities. Our assets secure our obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Notes and may be subject to foreclosure.
Our Credit Agreement contains various covenants, restrictions, and events of default. Among other things, these provisions require us to maintain certain financial ratios and impose certain limits on our ability to engage in certain activities.
The restrictions in the Credit Agreement impose operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to compete effectively, take advantage of new business opportunities, or take other actions that may be in our, or our shareholders’, best interests. Further, various risks and uncertainties may impact our ability to comply with our obligations under the Credit Agreement.
Our obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Notes are secured by all assets (other than certain excluded assets) of the Company and each of the subsidiary guarantors.
Management's fiscal 2026 annual operating plan forecasts noncompliance with its financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. Our inability to comply with any of the provisions of the Credit Agreement could result in a default under it. If at any time in the twelve months following the date of this report the Company fails to comply with its financial covenants which remains unremedied for the period of time stipulated under the Credit Agreement, this would constitute an event of default under the Credit Agreement and the lenders may, among other remedies set out under the Credit Agreement, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the borrowings (which include the term loans) plus accrued and unpaid interest to be immediately due and payable. Furthermore, if the lenders were to accelerate the loans under the Credit Agreement, such acceleration would constitute a default under our indentures governing the Notes and the Company's Second Lien Notes which, if not cured within 30 days following notice of such default from such trustees or holders of 25 percent of the Notes and from the trustee or holders of 30 percent of the Second Lien Notes, would permit the trustee or such holders to accelerate the Notes and the Second Lien Notes. If the loans under the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Second Lien Notes are accelerated, the Company does not believe its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, would be sufficient to fund its operations, satisfy its obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and repay the entirety of its outstanding senior term loans, outstanding Notes, outstanding revolving credit facility balance and outstanding Second Lien Notes in the next twelve months.
In addition, if we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders also have the right to proceed against the collateral. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.
Our failure to comply with the terms of our Credit Agreement could result in an event of default that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If there were an event of default under our Credit Agreement, all amounts outstanding under that agreement, including the senior term loans and revolving credit facility, as well as the Notes and the Second Lien Notes could be due and payable immediately, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. An event of default may occur should our assets or cash flow be insufficient to fully repay borrowings under our Credit Agreement, whether paid in the ordinary course or accelerated, or if we are unable to maintain compliance with relevant obligations thereunder, including financial and other covenants. Various risks and uncertainties may impact our ability to comply with our obligations under the Credit Agreement.
Management's fiscal 2026 annual operating plan forecasts noncompliance with its financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. Our inability to comply with any of the provisions of the Credit Agreement could result in a default under it. If at any time in the twelve months following the date of this report the Company fails to comply with its financial covenants which remains unremedied for the period of time stipulated under the Credit Agreement, this would constitute an event of default under the Credit Agreement and the lenders may, among other remedies set out under the Credit Agreement, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the borrowings (which include the term loans) plus accrued and unpaid interest to be immediately due and payable. Furthermore, if the lenders were to accelerate the loans under the Credit Agreement, such acceleration would constitute a default under our indentures governing the Notes and the Company's Second Lien Notes which, if not cured within 30 days following notice of such default from such trustees or holders of 25 percent of the Notes and from the trustee or holders of 30 percent of the Second Lien Notes, would permit the trustee or such holders to accelerate the Notes and the Second Lien Notes. If the loans under the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Second Lien Notes are accelerated, the Company does not believe its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, would be sufficient to fund its operations, satisfy its obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and repay the entirety of its outstanding senior term loans, outstanding Notes, outstanding revolving credit facility balance and outstanding Second Lien Notes in the next twelve months.
In addition, if we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders also have the right to proceed against the collateral. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.
We may need additional capital, and any additional capital we seek may not be available in the amount or at the time we need it.
Successful execution of our growth plans will require that we have access to capital. Our expected financing needs are based upon management’s estimates as to future revenue and expense. Our business plan and financing needs are subject to change based upon, among other factors, our ability to increase revenues and manage expenses and the
timing and extent of our future capital expenditures and acquisition activity. If our estimates of our financing needs change, we may need additional capital more quickly than we expect or we may need a greater amount of capital.
In general, additional capital may be raised through the sale of common shares, including through our at-the-market offering program with Jefferies LLC, preferred equity or convertible debt securities, entry into debt facilities or other third-party funding arrangements. The sale of equity, convertible debt securities and warrants may result in dilution to our shareholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. Agreements entered into in connection with such capital raising activities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations or require us to relinquish certain rights. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all. If we cannot timely raise any needed funds, we may be forced to reduce our operating expenses, which could adversely affect our ability to implement our long-term strategic roadmap and grow our business.
The financial covenants under the Company's Credit Agreement include, among others, a requirement to not permit the consolidated debt to consolidated EBITDA of the Company to exceed certain leverage thresholds under the Credit Agreement.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, the Company had negative operating cash flows, operating losses and net losses. As of September 30, 2025, the Company has cash and cash equivalents of $21,741 and access to a $15,000 revolver, which had a $3,000 balance outstanding as of September 30, 2025. If the Company's results of operations in the twelve months following the date of this report do not improve relative to fiscal 2025 results, the Company will be at risk of non-compliance with its financial covenants under its Credit Agreement. Further, the Company's Term Loan Facility, DDTL and Incremental Term Loans mature in the next 12 months.
Management's fiscal 2026 annual operating plan forecasts noncompliance with its financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. If at any time in the twelve months following the date of this report, the Company fails to comply with its financial covenants which remains unremedied for the period of time stipulated under the Credit Agreement, this would constitute an event of default under the Credit Agreement and the lenders may, among other remedies set out under the Credit Agreement, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the borrowings (which include the term loans) plus accrued and unpaid interest to be immediately due and payable. Furthermore, if the lenders were to accelerate the loans under the Credit Agreement, such acceleration would constitute a default under our indentures governing the Notes and the Second Lien Notes which, if not cured within 30 days following notice of such default from such trustees or holders of 25 percent of the Notes and from the trustee or holders of 30 percent of the Second Lien Notes, would permit the trustee or such holders to accelerate the Notes and the Second Lien Notes. If the loans under the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Second Lien Notes are accelerated, the Company does not believe its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, would be sufficient to fund its operations, satisfy its obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and repay the entirety of its outstanding senior term loans, outstanding Notes, outstanding revolving credit facility balance and outstanding Second Lien Notes in the next twelve months. Additionally, access to the revolver would be restricted and such funds would not be available to pay for any operating activities.
Our evaluation of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles entailed analyzing prospective fully implemented operating budgets and forecasts for expectations of our cash needs and comparing those needs to the current cash and cash equivalent balances in order to satisfy our obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and to comply with minimum liquidity and financial covenant requirements under our debt covenants related to borrowings pursuant to its Credit Agreement for at least the next twelve months. This evaluation initially does not take into consideration the potential mitigating effect of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented and are outside of its control as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When substantial doubt exists under this methodology, we evaluate whether the mitigating effect of our plans sufficiently alleviates substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The mitigating effect of management’s plans, however, is only considered if both (1) it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued, and (2) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued. As a result of the factors outlined above, substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern exists.
In addition, the fact that there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and that the Company is operating under these conditions may adversely affect the Company’s stock price, its ability to raise capital, its ability to comply with its Credit Agreement and its normal business operations, among other implications.
Our management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting were not effective as of September 30, 2025 and as of prior dates due to material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate these material weaknesses and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.
Our management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting were not effective as of September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 due to material weaknesses in internal controls, as described further in Part III, Item 9A - Controls and Procedures.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. Although we have taken and continue to take, steps to remediate the material weaknesses, as of September 30, 2025, they have not been remediated and there is no assurance that any remediation efforts will ultimately have the intended effects.
If we identify any new material weaknesses in the future, any such newly identified material weakness could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In such case, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price may decline as a result. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses.
Risks Related to NHP Supply and Demand
Our business, results of operations, financial condition, including the carrying value of certain of our assets, and cash flows have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by our dependence on the importation of non-human primates ("NHPs") from suppliers located outside the U.S., particularly from certain countries in Southeast Asia and Africa, legal issues related to these suppliers, increased costs associated with trade and economic factors, including tariffs, and any inability to diversify our suppliers located outside the U.S.
Our business, results of operations, financial condition, including the carrying value of certain of our assets, and cash flows have and may continue to be adversely affected by our dependence on NHP suppliers that are located outside the U.S. and difficulties in being able to diversify our suppliers located outside the U.S.
The number of NHP suppliers located outside the U.S. is limited. If we are unable to obtain NHPs in sufficient quantities of the required species or in a timely manner to meet the needs of our clients, if the price of NHPs that are available increases significantly, or if we are unable to ship the NHPs in our possession to our clients because of governmental restrictions or limitations, our business, particularly in our RMS segment, will be materially adversely affected. Conversely, if the number of NHP suppliers which export to the U.S. were to increase, this could impact the pricing environment for NHPs, make it difficult to predict results, lead to variability in volumes and require us to adjust operations.
In addition, increases in the costs of NHPs without ratable increased revenue as a result of macroeconomic and other factors, including increased tariffs, export or import laws/restrictions or embargoes, inflation, international trade regulations and foreign government instability, among other circumstances could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our imported NHPs were subject to tariffs ranging from 10% to 20% during fiscal 2025. These tariffs were required to be paid within 30 days of import, which is a shorter timeframe than the average NHP research model inventory turnover. As a result, payment of tariffs negatively impacted the Company's cash flows during fiscal 2025 and is expected to impact the Company's cash flows in the future. The current and future applicable tariff percentages are based on the country of origin of the imported NHPs. Further, there continues to be a risk of additional and/or increased tariffs in connection with ongoing geopolitical and other factors. Our attempts to mitigate the financial impacts of the additional tariff costs may not be successful in the desired timeframe or at all. Should additional and/or increased tariffs be put into place and exist for some time, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected by the additional costs to us and/or by our clients' prioritization of studies and our suppliers' prioritization and allocation of their supply going forward.
Our sales of NHPs have decreased significantly in recent periods, which adversely affected our business, financial condition and results of operations, and this trend may continue.
The preclinical research industry faced challenges and volatility resulting from the USAO-SDFL criminally charging employees of our then-principal supplier of NHPs in November 2022, and the subsequent decline in imports of Cambodian NHPs to the U.S. beginning in late 2022. The decrease in overall NHP supply drove an increase in NHP pricing in fiscal 2023. During fiscal 2024, both the cost of obtaining and the sale price of NHPs decreased. Further, during certain periods presented within this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe some NHP customers may have been working towards reducing some owned inventory and aligning their NHP purchases more closely with their immediate needs rather than purchasing historical levels of NHPs. We also believe the decreased U.S. NHP supply caused some studies to be shifted outside of the U.S.
In recent years, the Company's RMS segment revenue has experienced volatility. If the Company’s results of operations in the twelve months following this report do not improve relative to its fiscal 2025 results do not increase, it would have an adverse effect on the Company’s business financial condition and results of operations, and could result in non-compliance with the financial covenants under the Company’s Credit Agreement, as discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section.
Risks Related to Technology and Cybersecurity
We have experienced and are at risk of further cyber-attacks or other security breaches that could compromise sensitive business information and personal information of employees, clients and others, undermine our ability to operate effectively and expose us to liability, which could cause our business and reputation to suffer.
Cyber-attacks or security breaches have in the past, and may again in the future, compromise confidential information of ours, our employees, our clients and others, cause a disruption in our operations, harm our reputation and expose us to liability, which in turn could negatively impact our business and the value of our common shares. For example, on August 8, 2025, we became aware of a cybersecurity incident affecting certain of our systems and data (the “2025 Cybersecurity Incident”). The forensic investigation of the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident determined that between approximately August 5-8, 2025, a threat actor gained unauthorized access to the Company’s systems and may have acquired certain data. The Company is in the process of providing notifications regarding the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident in accordance with applicable legal obligations. While we have identified the likely scope of the incident, the full operational and financial impacts are still being evaluated. Accordingly, we have not yet determined whether the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident is reasonably likely to have a material impact on the Company. There can be no assurance that the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident will not have adverse financial, client-related, employee-related and reputational impacts which may expose us to additional liability.
As a routine element of our business, we collect, analyze, and retain substantial amounts of data pertaining to the clinical and non-clinical studies we conduct for our clients. We also maintain other sensitive client information, information regarding intellectual property related to certain of our products and other business-critical information, including personally identifiable information of our employees. Our employees, some of whom have access to such information, have and will likely continue to receive “phishing” e-mails intended to trick recipients into surrendering their usernames and passwords and/or inadvertently installing malicious software onto their computers or networks they are connected to. We cannot completely protect against the possibility that sensitive information may be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen, via phishing attempts or other circumstances. In addition, cybersecurity threats continue to evolve and become more sophisticated, including through the use of artificial intelligence driven social-engineering and ransomware techniques, which may increase the likelihood or severity of future incidents.
We utilize cybersecurity technologies, processes and practices which are designed to protect our networks, computers, programs and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access, but they may not be effective or work as designed, as was the case with the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident. Our contracts with our clients typically contain provisions that require us to keep confidential the information generated from our studies. A cyber-attack could result in a breach of those provisions or other negative outcomes, including legal claims or proceedings, investigations, potential liabilities under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, delays and other impediments to our clients’ discovery and development efforts, ransomware demands and related delays, damage to our reputation and a negative impact on our financial results and the value of our common shares. In some cases, a cybersecurity incident may also lead to governmental investigations, litigation or reputational harm, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For example, following the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident, we were named as a defendant in three putative class action lawsuits relating to the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Indiana (collectively the "Privacy Class Actions"), each
of which seeks monetary and injunctive relief. Depending on future developments, we could face additional claims, governmental investigations or enforcement actions, and other related costs and expenditures, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our coverage related to our insurance policies, which includes cybersecurity, might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.
Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments in Part II, Item 8 for further discussion of the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident and the Privacy Class Actions.
Hardware or software failures, delays in the operations of our computer and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements have in the past, and could in the future, harm our business.
We operate large and complex computer systems that contain significant amounts of client data. Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems. A failure of our network or data gathering procedures, including as a result of the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident or similar future incidents, have in the past, and could in the future, impede the processing of data, delivery of databases and services, client orders, product shipments and day-to-day management of our business and have in the past, and could in the future, result in the corruption or loss of data. While we have disaster recovery plans in place for our operations, they might not adequately protect us. Damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins and similar events at our facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, failure by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity has in the past, and could in the future, result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a delay in the delivery of data, we could be required to transfer our data collection operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services, which may not be available on terms favorable to us or on a timely basis, and could result in delays in our ability to deliver our products and services to our clients. Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements, improvements and inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed could harm our business. Finally, long-term disruptions in our computer and communications infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our businesses. Our coverage related to our insurance policies, which includes cybersecurity, might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.
Risks Related to Regulation and Legal Matters
We are involved in legal proceedings that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We are involved in legal proceedings related to various matters, including employment, privacy and securities litigation, including purported class actions, and may become involved in other legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the future.
For further information, see Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments to the consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8.
Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, can be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, be harmful to our reputation, require significant management attention, divert significant resources, and require the payment of significant amounts through judgments or settlements. In addition, the expense of litigation and the timing of this expense from period to period are difficult to estimate and subject to change. Litigation and other claims are subject to inherent uncertainties and management’s view of these matters may change in the future. Given the uncertain nature of legal proceedings generally, we are not able in all cases to estimate the amount or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome. We could incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any particular period.
We are subject to inspections, investigations and enforcement actions by regulatory authorities, which could lead to penalties, including substantial fines, warning letters, a temporary restraining order or injunction, civil and/or criminal penalties, and/or license suspension or revocation.
We are subject to periodic inspections by regulatory authorities, including the FDA, the USDA and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. As part of these inspections, the regulatory authorities seek to determine whether our facilities, operations and animal research model importation practices comply with applicable laws and regulations. Adverse findings as a result of these inspections have led, and in the future could lead, to enforcement actions, including
substantial fines, warning letters that require corrective action (including facilities improvement requirements), revocation of approvals, exclusion from future participation in government healthcare programs, criminal prosecution and even the denial of the right to conduct business. For further information, see Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments to the consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8.
Inspections, investigations and/or other actions could result in penalties that could include a temporary restraining order or injunction, civil and/or criminal penalties, debarment and/or permit and/or license suspension or revocation. The imposition of any of these penalties or other restrictions on our business could adversely affect our business reputation and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and stock price.
We are subject to environmental, health and safety requirements and risks as a result of which we may incur significant costs, liabilities and obligations.
We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws, regulations, initiatives and permits that govern, among other things: the emission and discharge of materials, including greenhouse gases, in air, land and water; the remediation of soil, surface water and groundwater contamination; the generation, storage, handling, use, disposal and transportation of regulated materials and wastes, including biomedical and radioactive wastes; and health and safety. Failure to comply with these laws, regulations or permits could result in fines or sanctions, obligations to investigate or remediate existing or potential contamination, third-party property damage claims, personal injury claims, natural resource damages claims or modification or revocation of operating permits and/or licenses, debarment and/or may lead to temporary or permanent business interruptions. Pursuant to certain environmental laws, we may be held strictly, and under certain circumstances jointly and severally, liable for costs of investigation and remediation of contaminated sites which we currently own or operate, or sites we or our predecessors have owned or operated in the past. Further, we could be held liable at sites where we have sent waste for disposal.
Environmental laws, regulations and permits, and the enforcement thereof, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Compliance with the requirements of laws and regulations may increase capital costs and operating expenses or necessitate changes to our production processes.
We use, and in the past have used, hazardous materials and generate, and in the past have generated, hazardous wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of such an accident, we could be held liable for any resulting damages and incur liabilities which could exceed our resources. Our costs, liabilities and obligations relating to environmental matters may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flows.
For further information, see Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments to the consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8.
Any failure by us or our partners to comply with existing regulations or requirements could harm our reputation and operating results, and we could face substantial penalties and sanctions. Requirements to comply with new laws, regulations and guidance may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations in the United States are subject to various U.S. federal and state laws and regulations that govern, among other things, the manner in which we provide our products and services. Any failure on our part, or the part of partners, to comply with existing regulations or requirements could result in the termination of ongoing research or the disqualification of data for submission to regulatory authorities. For example, if we were to fail to properly monitor compliance with study protocols, the data collected could be disqualified. Under such circumstances, we may be contractually required to repeat a study at no further cost to the client, but at substantial cost to us. That development would harm our reputation, our prospects for future work and our operating results. The issuance of a notice from the FDA or the USDA, or other relevant authorities, based on a finding of a material violation by us of good clinical practice, good laboratory practice or good manufacturing practice requirements, animal welfare laws and regulations, or other applicable regulations or requirements could materially and adversely affect our business and financial performance, including fines or sanctions, debarment and/or permit and/or license suspension or revocation. Furthermore, the cost to comply with new federal or state legislation or regulations may adversely affect our operating results.
Efforts to ensure that our business will comply with applicable laws, including healthcare laws and regulations, may involve substantial costs. In addition, the healthcare and other laws applicable to our business may change or be amended, and it is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices do
not comply with current or then-existing legal requirements. We may not properly interpret certain requirements or fail to timely report activities, when required. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves, those actions could have a material impact on our business.
For further information on these and other actions, see Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments to the consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8.
Changes in government regulation or practices relating to the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries could reduce demand for our services and products.
Governmental agencies throughout the world, but particularly in the United States, strictly regulate the drug development process. Our business depends on helping clients navigate complex drug development regulations. While new or stricter regulations can increase demand for our services, changes such as relaxed regulatory requirements, expedited drug approvals, or rules that make our services less competitive could reduce the demand for our products and services.
For example, the FDA Modernization Act 2.0, passed in December 2022, removed certain references to animal testing in the FDCA to facilitate the broader acceptance of alternatives to animal testing. In April 2025, the FDA published a roadmap to reduce animal testing in preclinical safety studies with scientifically validated new approach methodologies. It is unpredictable whether and when any changes related to animal testing alternatives will occur, and a shift away from animal research could negatively impact our business, operations, or financial condition if we are unable to implement acceptable alternatives, or if they do not deliver comparable financial results, even if implemented.
If we fail to comply with data privacy and security laws and regulations, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Many U.S. and foreign jurisdictions have passed, or are currently contemplating, a variety of data privacy and cyber and data security laws and regulations. For example, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services regulations under the HIPAA demand compliance with patient privacy and confidentiality requirements. We are also subject to federal, state and international data privacy and security laws and regulations that govern the collection, use, disclosure, transfer, storage, location, disposal and protection of health-related and other personal information, including that of employees. In addition to U.S. federal laws and regulations, a number of U.S. states have also enacted data privacy and security laws and regulations that govern the collection, use, disclosure, transfer, storage, disposal, and protection of personal information. Internationally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data privacy and security legal framework with which we must comply.
The legislative and regulatory framework for privacy and data protection issues worldwide is rapidly evolving as countries continue to adopt privacy and data security laws that may apply to us, both because our operations are located in those countries and/or because we provide services to customers in those countries. The interpretation and enforcement of the laws and regulations described above are uncertain and subject to change, and may require substantial costs to monitor and implement compliance with any additional requirements. Failure to comply with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations, and the disclosure of any data or related breach, could result in government enforcement actions (which could include substantial civil and/or criminal penalties and injunctive relief), private litigation and/or adverse publicity. For example, we are in the process of providing notifications regarding the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident in accordance with applicable legal obligations. Further, following the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident, we were named as a defendant in the Privacy Class Actions, each of which seeks monetary and injunctive relief. Depending on future developments, we could face additional claims, governmental investigations or enforcement actions, and other related costs and expenditures, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Changes in funding or disruptions at the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new or modified products from being developed, authorized or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could adversely impact our business.
The ability of the FDA to review and provide marketing authorization for new products or changes to existing products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory, and policy changes, the FDA’s ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, federal
government shutdowns, and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Decreases in government funding of research and development, including any reductions in funding to the NIH, may impact our business, as could changes in government programs that provide funding to research institutions and companies, including changes in the amount of funds allocated to different areas of research or changes that have the effect of increasing the length of time of the funding process. Disruptions at the FDA and such other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new products, or modifications to authorized products, to be reviewed and/or authorized by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities. In addition, during the COVID-19 pandemic, the FDA postponed most inspections of domestic and foreign manufacturing facilities at various points. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to our Operations
We rely on a limited number of key clients, the importance of which may vary dramatically from year to year, and a loss of one or more of these key clients may adversely affect our operating results.
One client related to the RMS segment accounted for approximately 16.6%, 15.9% and 22.0% of our total revenue during fiscal years 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The loss of a significant amount of business from one or more of our major clients would materially and adversely affect our results of operations until such time, if ever, as we are able to replace the lost business. Significant clients or projects in any one period may not continue to be significant clients or projects in other periods. In any given year, there is a possibility that a single client may account for a significant percentage of our total revenue or that our business may depend on one or more large projects. Since we do not have long-term contracts with most of our clients, the importance of a single client may vary dramatically from year to year as projects end and new projects begin. To the extent that we are meaningfully dependent on any single client, we are indirectly subject to risks related to that client, including if such risks impede the client’s ability to stay in business or otherwise to make timely payments to us.
Our animal populations may suffer diseases that can damage our inventory, harm our reputation, result in decreased sales of our services or research products or result in other liability.
It is important that our animal populations be free of diseases, including infectious diseases. The presence and prevalence of diseases can distort or compromise the quality of research results, can cause substantial loss of animals in our inventory, can result in harm to humans or outside animal populations if the disease is not contained to animals in inventory, or can result in other losses.
These risks may differ substantially according to species. In rodents, most infections are without any apparent clinical signs and therefore pose a risk to the scientific quality of the research performed on the animals rather than to humans. In NHPs, the main concern is the potential for zoonotic infectious diseases to cause harm to humans. We have in the past suffered disease in our animal populations and may suffer outbreaks in the future.
If disease or contamination occurs in our animal population, it typically requires remediation and cleanup activities that are costly and time consuming. In certain circumstances, it can require extended quarantine periods or temporary or permanent closure of an affected facility. We have experienced such closures in the past and may do so again in the future.
Any significant disease outbreak has the potential to harm our reputation or have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. There is also the risk that disease from research models we produce may affect our clients’ facilities and may result in an affected client requesting compensation for damages.
While we endeavor to include provisions in our sale and supply contracts which entitle us to be indemnified or entitle us to a limitation of liability, these provisions do not uniformly protect us against liability arising from certain of our
own actions, such as negligence or misconduct. Moreover, in certain circumstances, we may agree to use contracts drafted by our clients, which may not contain clauses that indemnify us or limit our liability. We could be materially adversely affected if we were required to pay damages or bear the costs of defending any claim which is not covered by a contractual indemnification provision or in the event that a party who must indemnify us does not fulfill its indemnification obligations or which is beyond the level of our insurance coverage or for which insurance coverage is not available. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain insurance coverage on terms acceptable to us.
We operate in a highly competitive industry.
The contract research services industry is highly competitive. We often compete for business not only with other CROs, but also with internal discovery and development departments within our client companies. Several of our competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing, technical or other resources and a larger global footprint than we have. The industry has historically been diverse with more than 1,000 CROs around the globe, ranging from small, regional niche laboratories up to global comprehensive service providers with tens of thousands of employees.
The contract research services industry has experienced consolidation in recent years. This trend is likely to produce more competition among the larger companies for both clients and acquisition candidates. Offshore CROs have provided increasing competitive pressures.
The RMS industry is highly competitive. Competition ranges from academics and large biopharmaceutical companies, that derive and maintain their own rodent colonies, to commercial competitors that may offer a similar or overlapping range of products and/or services. Some of these competitors have greater capital, technical and other resources than we have, while other competitors that are smaller specialized companies might compete effectively against us based on price and their concentrated size and focus.
If we do not compete successfully, our business will suffer. Increased competition might lead to price and other concessions that could adversely affect our operating results.
The majority of our clients’ contracts and orders can be terminated upon short notice.
A majority of our contracts for contract research services are terminable by the client upon 30 days’ notice and these clients terminate or delay their contracts for a variety of reasons. Further, in general, our clients order research models on an as-needed basis. The size and frequency of those orders can be reduced or eliminated with little or no notice.
Client contracts and orders may be negatively impacted for various reasons, including:
•products being tested fail to satisfy safety requirements;
•products having undesired clinical results;
•the client deciding to forego a particular study;
•inability to enroll enough patients in the study;
•inability to recruit enough investigators;
•loss of funding for the particular research study or program;
•production problems causing shortages of the drug;
•inability to secure research models relevant to the studies; and
•actions by regulatory authorities.
Although our contract research contracts frequently entitle us to receive the costs of winding down the terminated projects, as well as all fees earned by us up to the time of termination, and some of our contracts entitle us to a termination fee, the loss, reduction in scope or delay of a large contract or order, or the loss or delay of multiple contracts or orders, could materially adversely affect our business.
We may bear financial risk if we underprice our contracts or overrun cost estimates.
Since some of our contracts are structured as fixed price or fee-for-service, we bear the financial risk if we initially underprice our contracts or otherwise overrun our cost estimates. Significant underpricing or cost overruns could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
Our business uses biological and hazardous materials, which could injure people or violate laws, resulting in liability that could adversely impact our financial condition and business.
Our activities involve the controlled use of potentially harmful biological materials, as well as hazardous materials, chemicals and various radioactive compounds. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from the use, storage, handling or disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages that result, and any liability could exceed our insurance coverage and ability to pay. Any contamination or injury could also damage our reputation, which is critical to obtaining new business. In addition, we are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. The cost of compliance with these laws and regulations is significant and if changes are made to impose additional requirements, these costs could increase and have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to manage growth effectively could cause our business to suffer and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
To manage growth effectively, we must continually evaluate and evolve our organization. We must also manage our employees, operations, finances, technology and development and capital investments effectively. Our efficiency, productivity and the quality of our products and services may be adversely impacted if we do not integrate and manage growth effectively, or if we fail to appropriately coordinate across our organization.
Our growth may place a strain on our resources, infrastructure and ability to maintain the quality of our products and services. You should not consider our past growth as indicative of future performance. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause our business to suffer and have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
Providing contract research services creates a risk of liability.
We could be held liable for errors and omissions in connection with the services we perform or the reporting we provide to our clients, which may compromise a study or data from a study or cause the data to be incomplete. Further, we could be held liable for any failure to appropriately care for our clients' property including, among other things, research models, samples, compounds or records. The occurrence of these risks could result in us having to pay damages or incur other costs.
New technologies may be developed, validated and increasingly used in biomedical research that could reduce demand for some of our products and services.
For many years, groups within the scientific and research communities have attempted to develop models, methods and systems that would replace or supplement the use of living animals as test subjects in biomedical research. In addition, technological improvements to existing or new processes, such as imaging and biomarker technology, could result in a refinement in the number of animal research models necessary to conduct the required research. Alternative research methods could decrease the need for research models, and we may not be able to develop new products effectively or in a timely manner to replace any lost sales. In addition, other companies or entities may develop research models with characteristics different than the ones that we produce, and which may be viewed as more desirable by our clients.
Our non-U.S. operations expose us to risks associated with operating internationally.
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, revenues generated by our facilities outside the U.S. were 12.7%, 14.6% and 15.7%, respectively, of consolidated revenues. As a result of these sales from foreign
entities and facilities located outside the U.S., our operations are subject to a variety of risks unique to international operations, including the following:
•exposure to local economic conditions;
•currency exchange rate and interest rate fluctuations;
•differences and changes in tax laws;
•potential restrictions on the transfer of funds;
•differences in regulatory requirements;
•exposure to liabilities under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or the U.K. Antibribery Act;
•government imposed investment and other restrictions or requirements;
•failure to comply with new and evolving regulations, including privacy and security laws;
•exposure to local social unrest, including any resulting acts of war, terrorism or similar events;
•exposure to local public health issues and the resulting impact on economic and political conditions;
•difficulty enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain legal systems;
•more expansive legal rights of employees, including specifically those applicable to our European operations;
•variations in protection of intellectual property and other legal rights; and
•export and import and trade restrictions (such as antidumping duties, tariffs or embargoes).
Risks Related to our Acquisition and Optimization Activities
We have and may further expand our business through acquisitions, which exposes us to various risks. Our due diligence of our past or future acquisitions may not have identified all pertinent risks, or the full magnitude of such risks, which could materially affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We have completed several acquisitions and from time to time may review other acquisition candidates. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:
•The inability of the Company to obtain financing for the acquisition of targets;
•Difficulties and expenses in connection with integrating acquired companies and achieving expected benefits, including as related to the integration of departments, accounting and other systems, technologies, books and records and procedures;
•Diversion of management’s attention from daily operations to various integration activities;
•The potential for disruption of prior operations and plans;
•The risk that acquisitions could be dilutive to earnings, or in the event of acquisitions made through the issuance of our common shares to the shareholders of the acquired company, dilutive to the percentage ownership of our existing shareholders;
•The adverse impact of risks facing the acquired companies, including losses resulting from undiscovered liabilities of acquired companies not covered by the indemnification we may obtain from the sellers;
•Risks associated with the assimilation and retention of employees, including key employees;
•The potential loss of, or adverse effects on, existing business relationships the acquired business has with suppliers and clients;
•The potential need to address relevant internal control over financial reporting and disclosure control and procedures matters;
•Possible deficiencies in operational processes and procedures;
•Risks associated with carrying a relatively significant level of debt; and
•The ability of our management team to manage expanded operations to meet operational and financial expectations.
Our operating results or financial condition also may be adversely impacted by (i) claims or liabilities related to the acquired companies’ businesses including, among others, claims from U.S. regulatory or other governmental agencies, such as those related to OBRC and Envigo, terminated employees, current or former clients or business partners, or other third parties; (ii) pre-existing contractual relationships of the acquired companies that we would not have otherwise entered into, the termination or modification of which may be costly or disruptive to our business; (iii) unfavorable accounting treatment as a result of the acquired companies' practices; and (iv) intellectual property claims or disputes.
Certain of the companies we have acquired were not required to maintain an internal control infrastructure that would meet the standards of a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and we may acquire similar companies in the future. The costs to implement such controls and procedures may be substantial and we could encounter unexpected delays and challenges in this implementation. In addition, we may discover significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the quality of an acquired company's financial and disclosure controls and procedures which could result in additional costs or adversely affect our business or operating results, and, as has occurred with us, the accounting for acquisitions can be complex and may lead to material weaknesses.
As part of our merger and acquisition due diligence, we utilize information provided by relevant sellers. As is true with any merger and acquisition transaction, we may not be aware of all liabilities, or the full magnitude of liabilities, of the acquired business at the time of acquisition. Potential incremental liabilities and additional risks and uncertainties related to our recent or future acquisitions not known or fully appreciated by us could negatively and materially impact our future business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, we have been the subject of a number of investigations, lawsuits, claims and other matters described in Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments included in Part II, Item 8, that relate to the businesses and operations we acquired through the acquisitions of Envigo, OBRC and others.
We may fail to realize anticipated strategic and financial benefits from acquisitions, related integrations and our site optimization strategy.
We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of our business acquisitions. These acquisitions may not further our business strategy as we expect, we may fail to successfully integrate the acquired operations as planned or to realize the synergies and other benefits we expected from the acquisitions, we have in the past, and may again in the future, experience unexpected adverse impacts on the acquired businesses, or we may otherwise not realize the expected return on our investments, any of which could adversely affect our business or operating results and potentially cause impairment to assets that we record as a part of the acquisitions, including intangible assets and goodwill. We may have difficulties managing the acquired businesses or retaining key personnel of the acquired companies.
In addition, during recent periods, we have undertaken, and we plan to undertake additional, restructuring and site optimization initiatives, designed to allow us to reduce overhead and create efficiencies through scale. These initiatives present significant risks that may impair our ability to achieve anticipated operating enhancements and/or cost reductions, or otherwise harm our business, including higher than anticipated costs in implementing these initiatives, asset impairments and management distraction. If we fail to achieve some or all of the expected benefits of these initiatives, it could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Risks Related to Share Ownership
Our share price could continue to be volatile and our trading volume may fluctuate substantially.
The market price of our common shares has historically been and might continue to be volatile. Many factors may have a significant impact on the future price of our common shares, including:
•the fact that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern;
•our failure to successfully implement our business objectives;
•our businesses, operations, results and prospects;
•changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations by equity research analysts;
•compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements;
•market acceptance of our products;
•technological innovations, new commercial products or drug discovery efforts and preclinical and clinical activities by us or our competitors;
•changes in government regulations, taxes, legal proceedings and other developments;
•inspections, investigations and enforcement actions by regulatory authorities against us or our principal suppliers;
•negative information related to, or adverse regulatory or other actions against us or our principal suppliers;
•general economic conditions, including changes in interest rates, and other external factors;
•actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results and those of our competitors;
•announcements concerning us or our competitors;
•market conditions in contract research services or research model industries;
•additions or departures of key management personnel;
•future mergers and strategic alliances;
•investor sentiment toward the stock of animal breeding companies;
•maintenance of acceptable credit ratings or credit quality;
•ability to fund future growth;
•the degree of trading liquidity in our common shares; and
•our ability to meet the minimum standards required for remaining listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market.
Factors which may impact the price of our common shares include influences beyond our control, such as market conditions and changes in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries we serve. The stock market, and in particular the market for pharmaceutical and biotechnology company stocks, has experienced periods of significant price and volume fluctuations, including as a result of recent elevated interest rates and inflation. Volatility and valuation decline have affected the market prices of securities issued by many companies, often for reasons unrelated to their operating performance, and also have adversely affected the price of our common shares.
Following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation and derivative securities litigation have often been instituted against that company, as has been the case with us. Such occurrences of litigation could result in very substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
The resale of certain common shares underlying warrants issued with the Second Lien Notes and covered by a resale registration statement could adversely affect the market price of our common shares, which result could in turn negatively affect our ability to raise additional equity capital.
Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement which we entered with the purchasers of, and the structuring agent for, our Second Lien Notes and warrants, we filed a registration statement registering the resale of 4,146,250 of our common shares held by the shareholders who are parties to the Registration Rights Agreement. The resale registration statement permits the resale of these shares at any time after the exercise of the warrants and without restriction. The sale, or availability for sale, of our common shares in the public market may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares and may impair our ability to raise additional equity capital. The resale of a substantial number of our common shares in the public market could adversely affect the market price for our common shares and make it more difficult for you to sell our common shares at times and prices that you feel are appropriate. Furthermore, because there are a large number of shares registered pursuant to the resale registration statement, the selling shareholders named in such registration statement may continue to offer shares covered by the resale registration statement for a significant period of time, the precise duration of which cannot be predicted. Accordingly, the adverse market and price pressures resulting from an offering pursuant to the resale registration statement may continue for an extended period of time and continued negative pressure on the market price of our common shares could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional equity capital.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and under Indiana law may discourage or prevent a change in control, even if a sale of us would benefit our shareholders, which could cause our stock price to decline and prevent attempts by shareholders to replace or remove our current management.
Our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws contain provisions that may delay or prevent a change in control, discourage bids at a premium over the market price of our common shares, harm the market price of our common shares, and diminish the voting and other rights of the holders of our common shares. These provisions include:
•dividing our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms;
•authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and additional common shares without shareholder approval;
•requiring one or more written demands signed and dated by holders of at least 25% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at a special meeting for shareholders to call a special meeting;
•prohibiting our shareholders from amending our Bylaws; and
•requiring advance notice for nominating directors at shareholders’ meetings.
Our board of directors also has the ability to adopt a shareholder rights agreement, sometimes called a “poison pill,” providing for the issuance of a new series of preferred stock to holders of common shares. In the event of a takeover attempt, this preferred stock would give rights to holders of common shares (other than the potential acquirer) to buy additional common shares at a discount, leading to the dilution of the potential acquirer’s stake. The board’s ability to adopt a poison pill may discourage potential takeover offers, particularly by suitors the board may view as unfavorable transaction partners.
As an Indiana corporation, we are governed by the Indiana Business Corporation Law (as amended from time to time, the “IBCL”). Under specified circumstances, certain provisions of the IBCL related to control share acquisitions, business combinations, and constituent interests may delay, prevent, or make more difficult unsolicited acquisitions or changes of control. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish Company transactions that shareholders might deem to be in their best interest.
If we are unable to maintain listing of our securities on The Nasdaq Capital Market or another reputable stock exchange, it may be more difficult for our shareholders to sell their securities.
Nasdaq requires listed issuers to comply with certain standards in order to remain listed on its exchange. If, for any reason, Nasdaq should delist our securities from trading on its exchange and we are unable to obtain listing on another reputable national securities exchange, a reduction in some or all of the following may occur, each of which could materially adversely affect our shareholders:
•the liquidity of our common shares;
•the market price of our common shares;
•our ability to obtain financing for the continuation of our operations;
•the number of institutional and general investors that will consider investing in our common shares;
•the number of market makers in our common shares;
•the availability of information concerning the trading prices and volume of our common shares; and
•the number of broker-dealers willing to execute trades in our common shares.
Risks Related to the Industries we Serve
Some of our clients and contracts depend on government funding of research and development, and a reduction in that funding may adversely affect our business.
A significant portion of our sales are derived from clients at academic institutions and research laboratories whose funding is partially dependent on funding from government sources, including the National Institutes of Health and U.K./E.U. equivalents. Such funding can be difficult to forecast as government research and development funding is subject to political and budgetary uncertainties, which can delay client purchases or reduce demand for our products and services. Our sales may be adversely affected if our clients delay projects, studies or purchases as a result of uncertainties surrounding the approval of government budget proposals. There can be no certainty that government research funding that is approved will be directed towards projects and studies that involve use of our products and services. Direct cuts to agency budgets or shifts in funding priorities away from areas using our offerings have in the past, and could in the future, negatively affect our business, revenue and financial results.
We are substantially dependent on the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries.
Our ability to grow and to win new business depends upon the ability and propensity of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to purchase the purpose-bred animal research models and products we sell and to outsource the services we provide. Research and development spending fluctuates due to changes in available resources, mergers of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, spending priorities and institutional budgetary policies, among other reasons. Accordingly, economic factors and industry trends that affect our clients in these industries also affect our business. Further, decreases in outsourcing practices by our clients may result in reductions in our revenue, particularly in our DSA segment, and may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Implementation of healthcare reform legislation, such as certain provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act, may have certain benefits, but also may contain costs that could limit the profits that can be made from the development of new drugs. This could adversely affect research and development expenditures by pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, which could in turn decrease the business opportunities available to us both in the U.S. and abroad. In addition, new laws or regulations may create a risk of liability, increase our costs or limit our service offerings. Furthermore, if the practices of health insurers were to change with respect to reimbursements for pharmaceutical products, our clients may spend less or reduce their growth in spending on research and development.
Risks Related to Research and Development
Our future success may depend on our ability to keep pace with rapid technological changes that could make our services and products less competitive or obsolete.
The biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical device industries generally, and contract research services more specifically, are subject to increasingly rapid technological changes. Our competitors or others might develop technologies, services or products that are more effective or commercially attractive than our current or future technologies, services or products, or that render our technologies, services or products less competitive or obsolete. If competitors introduce superior technologies, services or products and we cannot make enhancements to our counterparts to remain competitive, our competitive position, and in turn our business, revenues and financial condition, would be materially and adversely affected. Many of our competitors have superior financial and human resources deployed toward research and development efforts. Our relatively constrained financial and human resources may limit our ability to effectively keep pace with relevant technological changes.
Actions of animal rights activists may affect our business.
Products and services of the type we provide are required for the registration of pharmaceutical products under regulatory auspices in the United States, Europe and other countries. Many CROs, animal breeders, biopharmaceutical companies and other research organizations have been targeted by animal rights activists that oppose all testing on animals, for whatever purpose, including the animal testing activities in support of safety and efficacy testing for drug development. These groups, which include groups directed at the industry and us, have publicly stated that the goal of their campaign is to stop animal testing. Acts of vandalism and other acts by animal rights activists who object to the use of animals in product development could have a material adverse effect on our business. These groups have
historically targeted CROs, animal breeders, academic institutions and biopharmaceutical companies, but also third parties that do business with those organizations, including clients, suppliers, advisors, financial advisors, lenders and investors.
General Risk Factors
The loss of key personnel could adversely affect our business.
Our success depends to a significant extent upon the efforts of our senior management team and other key personnel. The loss of the services of such personnel could adversely affect our business. Also, because of the nature of our business, our success depends upon our ability to attract, train, manage and retain qualified personnel. There is substantial competition for qualified personnel, and an inability to recruit or retain qualified personnel may impact our ability to grow our business and compete effectively in our industry.
We rely on third parties for important services.
We have historically depended on third parties to provide us with services critical to our business. The failure of third parties to adequately provide needed services or our determination to forgo non-critical services, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Unfavorable general economic conditions may materially adversely affect our business.
While it is difficult for us to predict the impact of general economic conditions on our business, these conditions could reduce client demand for some of our products or services, which could cause our revenue to decline. Also, our clients, particularly smaller biotechnology companies which are especially reliant on the credit and capital markets, may not be able to obtain adequate access to credit or equity funding, which could affect their ability to timely pay us. Moreover, we rely on credit facilities to provide working capital to support our operations and regularly evaluate alternative financing sources. Changes in the commercial credit market or in the financial stability of our creditors may impact the ability of our creditors to provide additional financing. In addition, the financial condition of our credit facility providers, which is beyond our control, may adversely change. Any decrease in our access to borrowings under our credit facility or successor facilities (if any), tightening of lending standards and other changes to our sources of liquidity could adversely impact our ability to obtain the financing we need to continue operating our business in the current manner. For these reasons, among others, if economic conditions stagnate or decline, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Global economic uncertainty has produced, and continues to produce, substantial stress, volatility, illiquidity and disruption of global credit and other financial markets. Various factors contribute to the uncertain economic environment, including geopolitical tensions, military conflicts, the level and volatility of interest rates, the level of inflation, an actual recession or fears of a recession, trade policies and tariffs, and political and governmental instability.
Our business, results of operations, financial condition, including the carrying value of certain of our assets, cash flows and stock price have and may in the future be adversely affected by pandemics, epidemics or other public health emergencies.
Our business, results of operations, financial condition, including the carrying value of certain of our assets, cash flows and stock price have and may in the future be adversely affected by pandemics, epidemics or other public health emergencies. Such health emergencies can result in governments around the world implementing stringent measures to help control the spread of the virus, including quarantines, “shelter in place” and “stay at home” orders, travel restrictions, business curtailments, school closures, and other measures.
The outbreak of public health emergencies and preventive or protective actions taken by governmental authorities have had, and may in the future have, a material adverse effect on our and our clients’ and suppliers’ respective operations, including with respect to the potential for business shutdowns or disruptions. The extent to which these health emergencies may continue to adversely impact our business depends on future developments, which are highly uncertain and unpredictable, depending upon the severity and duration of the emergency and the effectiveness of actions taken globally to contain or mitigate its effects. Future financial impact cannot be estimated reasonably at this time, but may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, including the carrying
value of certain of our assets, and cash flows. Even after public health emergencies have subsided, we may experience materially adverse impacts to our business due to any resulting economic recession or depression and demand for our products and services. Additionally, concerns over the economic impact of public health emergencies have caused extreme volatility in financial and other capital markets which has and may in the future adversely impact our stock price and our ability to access capital markets including to refinance existing obligations. To the extent public health emergencies adversely affect our business and financial results, they may also have the effect of exacerbating many of the other risks described herein or other risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial.

---

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
ITEM 1B - UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
There are no unresolved comments to be reported in response to Item 1B.

---

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES
As of September 30, 2025, we operate across 22 sites, encompassing 34 owned or leased facilities, predominantly comprised of vivariums and labs spread across four countries, and one manufacturing site in the U.S. Additionally, we have 14 distribution hubs/warehouse facilities across four countries and one administrative office in the U.S. Our facilities are in the U.K. and Europe (approximately 14% of facilities) and in the U.S. (approximately 86% of facilities). Our corporate headquarters is in West Lafayette, Indiana.
We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current operations and that suitable additional space will be available if and when needed, including to the extent necessary to expand operations.
Pursuant to the Credit Agreement and Second Lien Notes, all owned properties are provided as collateral.

---

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Information pertaining to legal proceedings can be found in Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

---

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
ITEM 4 - MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
PART II

---

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common shares are traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “NOTV”. Prior to March 22, 2021, our common shares traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BASi”.
Shareholders
As of November 21, 2025, there were 389 shareholders of record of our common shares. The number of shareholders of record is based upon the actual number of holders registered on the books of the Company at such date and does not include holders of shares in “street name” or persons, partnerships, associations, corporations or other entities identified in security position listings maintained by depositories.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common shares. We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our results
of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, contractual arrangements, any limitations on payment of dividends in our debt arrangements, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by this Item concerning equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to Part III, Item 12 of this Report.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.

---

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
ITEM 6 - RESERVED

---

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to the historical information contained herein, the discussions in this Report may contain forward-looking statements which may be affected by risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements, as discussed in the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this Report.
References to fiscal years, years or portions of years in this Item refer to our fiscal year ended September 30, unless otherwise indicated.
The following discussion and analysis focuses on discussion of year-over-year comparisons between fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024. Discussion of fiscal 2023 results and year-over-year comparisons between fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023 that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2024.
All dollar amounts (other than per share amounts) in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are presented in thousands, unless otherwise specified.
Business Overview
Inotiv is a leading contract research organization (“CRO”) dedicated to providing nonclinical and analytical drug discovery and development services primarily to the pharmaceutical and medical device industries and selling a range of research-quality animals and diets to the same industries as well as academia and government clients. Our products and services focus on bringing new drugs and medical devices through the discovery and preclinical phases of development and, in certain cases, the clinical phases of development, all while focusing on increasing efficiency, improving data, and reducing the cost of discovering and taking new drugs and medical devices to market. Inotiv is committed to supporting discovery and development objectives as well as helping researchers realize the full potential of their critical research and development projects, all while working together to build a healthier and safer world. We are dedicated to practicing high standards of laboratory animal care and welfare.
We operate across 22 sites, encompassing 34 owned or leased facilities, predominantly comprised of vivariums and labs and spread across four countries and one manufacturing site in the U.S. Additionally, we have 14 distribution hubs/warehouse facilities across four countries and one administrative office in the U.S. Our facilities are in the U.K. and Europe (approximately 14% of facilities) and in the U.S. (approximately 86% of facilities). Our corporate headquarters is in West Lafayette, Indiana.
We have two reportable segments: Discovery and Safety Assessment (“DSA”) and Research Models and Services (“RMS”).
Through our DSA segment, we provide discovery and translational sciences and safety assessment services (including nonclinical development and, in certain cases, clinical development) to support the needs of researchers and clinicians for
primarily small molecule drug candidates, as well as biotherapeutics and biomedical devices utilizing both Good Laboratory Practice ("GLP") and non-GLP. Our scientists have skills in histology, pathology, physiology, surgery, analytical chemistry, drug metabolism, pharmacokinetics, and toxicology. Our principal clients range from small start-up biotechnology companies to some of the largest global pharmaceutical companies, whose scientists are engaged in analytical chemistry, drug safety evaluation, drug metabolism studies, pharmacokinetics, clinical trials, and basic research.
Through our RMS segment, we offer access to a wide range of purpose-bred animal research models for basic research and drug discovery and development, specialized models for specific diseases and therapeutic areas, and diet, bedding and enrichment products, all supported by our deep animal husbandry expertise. We have the ability to run selected nonclinical studies directly on-site at closely located research model facilities and provide access to innovative genetically engineered models and services solutions. Our principal clients include biopharmaceutical companies, CROs, and academic and government organizations.
Our business development efforts focus on both expanding existing client relationships and acquiring new clients. Historically, our RMS segment has maintained stable, long-term relationships with a majority of our clients due to their overarching preference for consistency in the products they use to conduct their studies. However, we are continuing our efforts to cross-sell and expand our client base. We believe our DSA segment, due to its broad menu of services and flexibility in study design, is well positioned to serve the emerging biopharmaceutical segment during the discovery and development phases.
Site Optimization and Transportation
During the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, we moved forward with many of our strategic objectives, which include strengthening the Company’s liquidity position, reducing NHP revenue volatility, continuing to focus on client satisfaction and client relationships, and continuing integration efforts. Our December 2024 equity offering provided net proceeds of $27,524. This funding assisted in reducing liquidity risk and allowed us to continue to make strategic long-term decisions, while providing additional operational stability.
In an effort to reduce revenue volatility, we have expanded our NHP client base for calendar year 2025 and have continued to pre-sell our NHP inventory, which helped deliver a more consistent revenue stream in fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024, and we believe will continue to assist in a more consistent revenue stream for fiscal 2026. In addition, we expect our revenue from our long-term colony management services to continue to increase in calendar year 2026 as compared to calendar year 2025. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, we continued to invest in our NHP facilities in order to support our growth initiatives.
Further, in fiscal 2025, we continued to make progress integrating and improving our North American transportation and distribution systems, which we brought in house during fiscal 2024. This has provided an improved client experience and improved our operational efficiency.
Beginning in fiscal year 2022, we have been executing on our restructuring and site optimization plans. These plans included the sale of our Israeli businesses in fiscal year 2023, in addition to the closure and relocation of multiple RMS facilities ("Phase One") by the end of fiscal year 2024. By the end of fiscal year 2025, we believe that, as a result of Phase One and the integration of our North American transportation and distribution systems, we achieved approximately $17,000 to $19,000 in net annual cost savings.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2025, we announced that we would continue our site optimization plan for the RMS business ("Phase Two"). We anticipate that Phase Two will require a capital investment of approximately $6,500, which includes the use of tenant improvement dollars and a portion of a settlement payment we received during March 2025. We also expect that Phase Two will reduce production capacity and create operating efficiencies, while supporting our animal welfare objectives, and provide net annual savings of $6,000 to $7,000. Additionally, we believe Phase Two will allow us to remain agile and to increase capacity in the future, if needed. We are in the process of executing Phase Two, which we plan to complete by March 2026, approximately six months earlier than we originally planned.
In connection with Phase Two, the sale of one U.S. property was completed in June 2025 and the sale of a second U.S. property was completed in September 2025. The net proceeds from the sale in June 2025 were used to repay principal on our term loans, as required by the Credit Agreement (as defined below), during fiscal year 2025, and the net proceeds from the sale in September 2025 were used to repay principal on our term loans, as required by the Credit Agreement, during October 2025.
Refer to Note 10 - Restructuring Costs in our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 for more information related to the site optimizations.
Securities Class Action and Derivative Lawsuits
In order to eliminate the uncertainty, burden, and expense of protracted litigation, on September 25, 2025, we entered into a Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement (the “Proposed Securities Settlement”) to settle the Securities Class Action (as defined in Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments).
The Proposed Securities Settlement does not assign or reflect any admission of wrongdoing or liability by the Company or the individual defendants, all of whom deny any wrongdoing. While the court preliminarily approved the Proposed Securities Settlement on October 3, 2025, it scheduled a final settlement hearing for January 27, 2026, and as a result, as of the date of this report, the Proposed Securities Settlement is still subject in all respects to court approval and there can be no assurance that the court will approve the Proposed Securities Settlement.
If approved by the court, the Proposed Securities Settlement will fully resolve the Securities Class Action claims against the Company and the individual defendants Robert W. Leasure, Beth A. Taylor, John E. Sagartz, and Carmen Wilbourn. As consideration for the Proposed Securities Settlement, the Company will cause to be paid a cash settlement payment of $8,750 (“Cash Payment”) to the members of the putative class, which is expected to include all persons and entities who purchased or otherwise acquired shares of the Company’s common stock between September 21, 2021 and May 20, 2022
or who held shares of the Company’s common stock and were entitled to vote on matters necessary to effectuate the Company’s acquisition of Envigo RMS, LLC at a special meeting of the Company’s shareholders on November 4, 2021 (subject to certain exclusions). Plaintiff will seek attorneys’ fees and costs, the amount of which will be determined by the court and funded from the Cash Payment.
Also on September 25, 2025, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle (the "Proposed Derivative Settlement") the Derivative Actions (as defined in Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments). The Company agreed to the Proposed Derivative Settlement to eliminate the uncertainty, burden, and expense of protracted litigation. The Proposed Derivative Settlement does not assign or reflect any admission of wrongdoing or liability by the individual defendants or the Company as the nominal defendant, all of whom deny any wrongdoing. The Proposed Derivative Settlement is subject in all respects to court approval and there can be no assurance that the court will approve the Proposed Derivative Settlement.
If approved by the court, the Proposed Derivative Settlement will fully resolve the Derivative Actions. The Proposed Derivative Settlement credits the plaintiffs in the Derivative Actions for the fact that the Company will receive $2,490 from certain of its insurers to facilitate the resolution of the Securities Class Action, which amount will be utilized by the Company as part of the Cash Payment to the members of the putative class in the Proposed Securities Settlement. The Proposed Derivative Settlement also involves the institution and maintenance of certain corporate governance measures by the Company. These measures are discussed further in Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments. Plaintiffs in the Derivative Actions will, in addition, seek attorneys’ fees, the amount of which will not exceed $2,250 and will be subject to court approval. The Company expects any award of attorneys’ fees to be funded by available insurance.
As a result of the amounts included in the Proposed Securities Settlement and the Proposed Derivative Settlement described above, the Company has recorded an $11,000 liability and an insurance recovery receivable of $11,000 as of September 30, 2025.
Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments for further discussion of the Securities Class Action and Derivative Lawsuits and the related Proposed Securities Settlement and Proposed Derivative Settlement.
2025 Cybersecurity Incident
On August 8, 2025, we became aware of a cybersecurity incident affecting certain of our systems and data (the “2025 Cybersecurity Incident”). Upon identifying encrypted systems, we took steps to contain, assess, and remediate the cybersecurity incident, including initiating an investigation, engaging external cybersecurity specialists, and restricting access to certain of its systems. We also notified law enforcement. We have restored availability and access to our networks and systems. The forensic investigation of the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident is now complete and determined that between approximately August 5-8, 2025, a threat actor gained unauthorized access to the Company’s systems and may have acquired certain data. The Company is in the process of providing notifications regarding the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident in accordance with applicable legal obligations. While we have identified the likely scope of the incident, the full operational and financial impacts are still being evaluated. Accordingly, we have not yet determined whether the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident is reasonably likely to have a material impact on the Company.
External Factors
We remain attentive to external factors, including tariffs, client research and development funding levels, and the recently announced efforts to accelerate implementation of the FDA Modernization Act 2.0, including a roadmap to reduce animal testing in preclinical safety studies with scientifically validated new approach methodologies, any of which may increase our costs and could continue to drive uncertainty and instability in global markets. Any or all of these external factors could impact both of our segments.
Our imported NHPs were subject to tariffs ranging from 10% to 20% during fiscal 2025. These tariffs were required to be paid within 30 days of import, which is a shorter timeframe than the average NHP research model inventory turnover. As a result, payment of tariffs negatively impacted the Company's cash flows during fiscal 2025 and is expected to impact the Company's cash flows in the future. However, we have and expect to continue to work with suppliers and customers to attempt to mitigate the financial impact of these additional costs. The current and future applicable tariff percentages are based on the country of origin of the imported NHPs. If tariff rates continue to increase, we expect to continue working with suppliers and customers to attempt to mitigate these potential additional costs as the NHPs are mission-critical to the safety testing of new medicines; however, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in any mitigation efforts.
Client research and development funding levels, particularly those impacted by government sources like the U.S. National Institutes of Health ("NIH"), can be challenging to forecast. Funding of research and development is impacted by the political process, which is ever-changing. For example, on February 7, 2025, the NIH announced a policy that would reduce research grants by limiting payments for indirect overhead. Subsequently, on April 4, 2025, a federal judge issued a permanent injunction blocking the implementation of this policy.
With respect to the FDA Modernization Act 2.0, which encourages the industry to explore alternatives to animal testing, many of our acquisitions and investments have been implemented, at least in part, if not sometimes wholly, with the intent to help position us for the future. We believe our future objectives are in line with the goals outlined in the FDA Modernization Act 2.0. Examples of some of our current service offerings which we believe are in line with these goals include predictive computer software, computational toxicology, bioinformatics, proteomics, ex vivo and in vitro cell-based assays, and assays we run in human cells and tissues.
Refer to Part I, Item 1A - Risk Factors of this report for further discussion of potential risks associated with tariffs, client research and development funding levels and the implementation of the FDA Modernization Act 2.0.
Consolidated Overview
Revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, increased to $513,024 from $490,739 in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, due to a $14,458, or 4.7%, increase in RMS revenue primarily driven by higher NHP product and service revenue and a $7,827, or 4.3%, increase in DSA revenue primarily driven by an increase in safety assessment revenue.
Operating loss for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 was $30,902, compared to an operating loss of $86,406 in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $55,504, which was primarily driven by the change in RMS operating results for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, RMS operating income was $20,611, compared to an operating loss of $31,929 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, a change of $52,540. This change was primarily driven by increased RMS revenue discussed above and a decrease in RMS operating expenses (which include selling, general and administrative and other operating expenses) of $38,187. The decrease in operating expenses was primarily driven by the $28,500 charge incurred during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 related to the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement, which did not repeat during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, and a legal settlement of $7,550 that we received during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025.
Net loss attributable to common shareholders for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 decreased to $68,625 from $108,445 in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, due primarily to the decrease in operating loss described above.
Net cash used in operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 was $10,455 compared to $6,805 of net cash used in operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. Refer to "Liquidity and Capital Resources" below for an analysis of changes.
As of September 30, 2025, the Company had $21,741 in cash and cash equivalents. Total debt, net of debt issuance costs, as of September 30, 2025 was $402,123.
Operational and Capital Resources Highlights during Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2025
•Net book-to-bill ratio for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 was 1.05x for the DSA services business.
•DSA backlog was $138,197 as of September 30, 2025, up from $129,916 at September 30, 2024.
•We recently engaged Perella Weinberg Partners to provide general financial advisory and investment banking services to assist the Company in exploring potential debt refinancing alternatives.
•In connection with Phase Two of our site optimization plans, we sold two U.S. properties during fiscal year 2025. As required by the Credit Agreement, the net proceeds from the sale in June 2025 were used to repay principal on our term loans, during July 2025 and the net proceeds from the sale in September 2025 were used to repay principal on our term loans during October 2025.
•On August 8, 2025, we became aware of a cybersecurity incident affecting certain of our systems and data (the “2025 Cybersecurity Incident”). We have restored availability and access to the Company’s networks and systems. The forensic investigation of the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident is now complete and determined that between approximately August 5-8, 2025, a threat actor gained unauthorized access to the Company’s systems and may have acquired certain data. The Company is in the process of providing notifications regarding the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident in accordance with applicable legal obligations. While we have identified the likely scope of the incident, the full operational and financial impacts are still being evaluated. Accordingly, we have not yet determined whether the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident is reasonably likely to have a material impact on the Company.
•In closings on December 19, 2024 and December 30, 2024, the Company raised approximately $27,524 in net proceeds from its underwritten public offering of a total of 6,900,000 common shares at a price to the public of $4.25 per share.
Results of Operations by Segment
Below we have provided discussion and analysis of our financial results by reportable segments:
Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2025 Compared to Twelve Months Ended September 30, 2024
DSA
Twelve Months Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 $ Change % Change
Revenue $ 187,943 $ 180,116 $ 7,827 4.3 %
Cost of revenue 1
138,214 127,216 10,998 8.6 %
Operating expenses 2
23,466 26,336 (2,870) (10.9) %
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets 17,979 17,865 114 0.6 %
Operating income 3
$ 8,284 $ 8,699 $ (415) (4.8) %
Operating income % of total revenue 1.6 % 1.8 %
Operating income % of segment revenue 4.4 % 4.8 %
1 Cost of revenue includes cost of services provided and cost of products sold and excludes depreciation and amortization of intangible assets, which is separately stated
2 Operating expenses include selling, general and administrative and other operating expenses and exclude depreciation and amortization of intangible assets, which is separately stated
3 Table may not foot due to rounding
For the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, DSA revenue was $187,943 compared to $180,116 for the twelve months ended September 30, 2024, representing an increase of $7,827, or 4.3%. The increase in DSA revenue was primarily driven by a $6,376 increase in safety assessment services revenue as a result of an increase in biotherapeutic analysis revenue in connection with new business at our Rockville facility, an increase in surgical services revenue and an increase in general toxicology services revenue. The remaining increase in DSA revenue was primarily due to an increase in our discovery and translational science services revenue.
DSA operating income decreased by $415, or 4.8%, primarily due to an increase of $10,998 in cost of revenue, partially offset by the $7,827 increase in revenue noted above and a decrease of $2,870 in operating expenses. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to increases in compensation and benefits expense, partially as a result of additional commercial activity at our Rockville facility, research model expense, professional fees, repairs and maintenance expense and utilities expense, among other changes. The decrease in operating expenses primarily related to decreases in bad debt expense and professional fees, partially offset by an increase in compensation and benefits expense.
RMS
Twelve Months Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 $ Change % Change
Revenue $ 325,081 $ 310,623 $ 14,458 4.7 %
Cost of revenue 1
253,830 252,352 1,478 0.6 %
Operating expenses 2
13,399 51,586 (38,187) (74.0) %
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets 37,241 38,614 (1,373) (3.6) %
Operating income (loss) 3
$ 20,611 $ (31,929) $ 52,540 (164.6) %
Operating income (loss) % of total revenue
4.0 % (6.5) %
Operating income (loss) % of segment revenue
6.3 % (10.3) %
1 Cost of revenue excludes depreciation and amortization of intangible assets, which is separately stated
2 Operating expenses include selling, general and administrative and other operating expenses and exclude depreciation and amortization of intangible assets, which is separately stated
3 Table may not foot due to rounding
For the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, RMS revenue was $325,081 compared to $310,623 for the twelve months ended September 30, 2024, representing an increase of $14,458, or 4.7%. The increase in RMS revenue was due primarily to increased NHP product and service revenue of $14,340.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, RMS operating income was $20,611, compared to an operating loss of $(31,929) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, a change of $52,540. This change was primarily driven by a decrease in RMS operating expenses of $38,187, the increase in RMS revenue of $14,458 discussed above and a decrease in RMS depreciation and amortization of intangible assets of $1,373, partially offset by an increase in RMS cost of revenue of $1,478. The decrease in operating expenses was primarily driven by the $28,500 charge incurred during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 related to the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement, which did not repeat during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 and a legal settlement of $7,550 that we received during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, among other immaterial changes.
The increase of $1,478 in cost of revenue was primarily due to increased costs of $7,820 associated with higher NHP-related product and service revenue, partially offset by a decrease in small animal and other non-NHP animal costs, a decrease in transportation costs as a result of the in-house integration of our North American transportation operations and a decrease in facility-related costs, among other immaterial changes.
Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement
On June 3, 2024, the Company announced that it had reached agreement with the DOJ to resolve a previously-announced criminal investigation into its shuttered canine breeding facility located in Cumberland, Virginia, which was operated originally by Envigo RMS, which the Company acquired in November 2021. In connection with such resolution, the Company and its related entities entered into a Resolution Agreement (the “Resolution Agreement”) with the DOJ and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Western District of Virginia (“USAO-WDV”), and Envigo RMS and Envigo Global Services, Inc. (“EGSI” and together with Envigo RMS, “Envigo”) entered into a Plea Agreement (the “Plea Agreement”) with the DOJ and the USAO-WDV. On June 3, 2024, before the United States District Court for the Western District of Virginia, Envigo RMS pleaded guilty to one misdemeanor count of conspiracy to violate the Animal Welfare Act and EGSI pleaded guilty to one felony count of conspiracy to violate the Clean Water Act.
Pursuant to the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement, the Company and Envigo, among other matters, have agreed to: (i) make payments totaling $22,000 in fines, with $5,000 payable on each of June 3, 2025, 2026 and 2027, and $7,000 (plus accrued interest beginning on the sentencing date) payable on June 3, 2028; (ii) on June 3, 2024, pay $3,000, split between the Virginia Animal Fighting Taskforce and the Humane Society of the United States in recognition of assistance provided to the U.S. Government’s investigation; (iii) on June 3, 2024, pay $3,500 to the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation to fund environmental projects, studies, and initiatives in Cumberland County, Virginia; (iv) expend at least $7,000 ($2,500 by June 3, 2025, $2,500 by June 3, 2026, and $2,000 by June 3, 2027) for improvements to its facilities and personnel related to the welfare of animals; (v) provide a lien to the United States against sufficient Company
assets to secure the deferred payments in connection with the $22,000 fine, which lien will be junior to only the lien provided by the Company to lenders under its credit facility as of April 1, 2024 and additional liens to secure up to $100,000 of additional debt; (vi) meet specified standards with respect to the health, safety and well-being of animals under the Company’s care; (vii) develop, adopt, implement, fund and comply with a comprehensive nationwide compliance plan related to applicable laws; and (viii) on January 20, 2025, appoint the Compliance Monitor to review the Company’s care of animals and compliance with certain laws, and to pay all associated costs, which Compliance Monitor shall serve for a term that expires on January 20, 2030, five years from appointment of the Compliance Monitor, unless the Company is released from probation prior to completion of the five-year term, in which case the monitorship term shall expire on January 20, 2028, three years from appointment of the Compliance Monitor, or two months after the completion of probation, whichever is later. In addition, the pleas result in Envigo being subject to probation for up to five years, with the potential to end the term early at a minimum of three years if the Company complies with the elements of the resolution.
For the twelve months ended September 30, 2024, the Company expensed $28,500 related to the Resolution and Plea Agreements, which is presented within other operating expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. In line with the Resolution and Plea Agreements, the Company paid $5,000 during the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 and $6,500 during the twelve months ended September 30, 2024, and expects to pay an additional $17,000 over multiple future years. The Company has included $5,000 in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2025 and within “Changes in operating assets and liabilities - accrued expenses and other current liabilities” in its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 and the Company has included $12,000 in other long-term liabilities on its Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2025 and within “Changes in operating assets and liabilities - other assets and liabilities” in its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025. The total $28,500 charge is reflected in the operating loss of the RMS segment for the twelve months ended September 30, 2024. The charge of $28,500 is non-deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Further, there were multiple amendments to the Company's Credit Agreement which, among other changes, permit charges or expenses attributable to or related to the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement to be added back to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. The Company expects to have additional cash outlays in connection with certain costs related to the Resolution Agreement, which would be paid over the next two to four years. The additional cash outlays could include ongoing monitoring and compliance costs, legal expenses and other payments required to comply with the Resolution Agreement, subject to final approvals, and at this time, the Company expects that such costs would be expensed as incurred.
FNI Settlement
On January 13, 2022, the Company filed a complaint against Freese and Nichols, Inc. ("FNI") titled Envigo RMS Holding Corp. and Envigo Global Services, Inc. v. Freese and Nichols, Inc., Case No. 22-01-61647-CV, in the District Court of Jim Wells County, Texas, 79th Judicial District related to, among other things, FNI’s failure to design an adequately sized lagoon to dispose of the current wastewater and future wastewater from expanded operations. The complaint asserted claims against FNI for negligence, negligence per se, and breach of contract seeking damages and attorney fees and costs. On February 14, 2025, the Company (through two of its subsidiaries) entered into a Settlement Agreement (the “FNI Settlement Agreement”) with FNI to settle the lawsuit. The FNI Settlement Agreement provides that the parties fully resolve all claims set forth in such lawsuit, without any admission of liability, and that FNI will pay the Company $7,550 within 30 days following the date of the FNI Settlement Agreement. The Court granted the Company's Agreed Motion to Dismiss All Claims on March 27, 2025. The Company received the settlement payment in full prior to March 31, 2025. The $7,550 settlement payment is presented within other operating expense within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025.
Unallocated Corporate
Twelve Months Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 $ Change % Change
Operating expenses 1
$ 59,089 $ 62,537 $ (3,448) (5.5) %
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets 708 639 69 10.8 %
Operating loss $ (59,797) $ (63,176) $ 3,379 (5.3) %
Operating loss % of total revenue (11.7) % (12.9) %
1 Operating expenses include general and administrative and other operating expenses
Unallocated corporate operating loss consists of general and administrative expenses, other operating expenses and depreciation expense that are not directly related or allocated to the reportable segments. The decrease in unallocated corporate operating expenses of $3,448 in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, compared to the twelve months ended September 30, 2024, was primarily driven by decreases in compensation and benefits expense, legal fees and stock-based compensation expense, among other individually immaterial items, partially offset by an increase in information technology expenses associated with the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident.
Other Expense
Other expense increased by $12,512 for fiscal year 2025 compared to fiscal year 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $9,709 in interest expense as a result of additional second lien debt incurred in September 2024 and periodic draws on our revolving credit facility, as well as foreign exchange rate losses.
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rates for fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024 were 21.8% and 16.7%, respectively. The income tax benefit recorded for fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024 was $19,143 and $21,875, respectively. For fiscal year 2025, the benefit from income taxes primarily related to deferred tax benefits on the pre-tax loss and a decrease in valuation allowances as a result of changes in U.S. federal tax regulation, partially offset by unfavorable permanent items. The benefit from income taxes for fiscal year 2024 primarily related to deferred tax benefits on the pre-tax loss, partially offset by unfavorable permanent items related to the Resolution and Plea Agreements, an increase in valuation allowances and other permanent items.
Consolidated Net Loss
As a result of the above described factors, we had a consolidated net loss of $68,625 for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, as compared to a consolidated net loss of $108,885 for the twelve months ended September 30, 2024.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, revenue and operating loss were $513,024 and $30,902, respectively, as compared to $490,739 and $86,406, respectively, in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. Despite these results, the Company had negative operating cash flows, operating losses and net losses. As of September 30, 2025, the Company has cash and cash equivalents of $21,741 and access to a $15,000 revolver, which had a $3,000 balance outstanding as of September 30, 2025. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants under its Credit Agreement as of September 30, 2025. If the Company's results of operations in the twelve months following the date of this report do not improve relative to its fiscal 2025 results, the Company will be at risk of non-compliance with its financial covenants under its Credit Agreement. Further, the Company's Term Loan Facility, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Incremental Term Loans mature in the next 12 months.
If at any time in the twelve months following the date of this report, the Company fails to comply with its financial covenants which remains unremedied for the period of time stipulated under the Credit Agreement, this would constitute an event of default under the Credit Agreement and the lenders may, among other remedies set out under the Credit Agreement, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the borrowings plus accrued and unpaid interest to be immediately due and payable. Furthermore, if the lenders were to accelerate the loans under the Credit Agreement, such acceleration would constitute a default under our indentures governing the Company's Convertible Senior Notes (the "Notes") and the Company's 15.00% Senior Secured Second Lien PIK Notes due 2027 (the "Second Lien
Notes") which, if not cured within 30 days following notice of such default from such trustees or holders of 25 percent of the Notes and from the trustee or holders of 30 percent of the Second Lien Notes, would permit the trustee or such holders to accelerate the Notes and the Second Lien Notes. If the loans under the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Second Lien Notes are accelerated, the Company does not believe its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, would be sufficient to fund its operations, satisfy its obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and repay the entirety of its outstanding senior term loans, outstanding Notes, outstanding revolving credit facility balance and outstanding Second Lien Notes in the next twelve months. Additionally, access to the revolver would be restricted and such funds would not be available to pay for any operating activities.
Our evaluation of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles entailed analyzing prospective fully implemented operating budgets and forecasts for expectations of our cash needs and comparing those needs to the current cash and cash equivalent balances in order to satisfy our obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and to comply with minimum liquidity and financial covenant requirements under our debt covenants related to borrowings pursuant to its Credit Agreement for at least the next twelve months. This evaluation initially does not take into consideration the potential mitigating effect of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented and are outside of its control as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When substantial doubt exists under this methodology, we evaluate whether the mitigating effect of our plans sufficiently alleviates substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The mitigating effect of management’s plans, however, is only considered if both (1) it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued, and (2) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued.
Management has developed our fiscal 2026 annual operating plan in which we plan to continue our efforts to optimize our capital allocation and expense base. Additionally, the Company's plan is to continue its efforts to improve its operating results through increases to our NHP-related product and service revenue and increasing our volume of discovery and safety assessment contract awards. In connection with management's fiscal 2026 annual operating plan, the Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to fund its operations and satisfy its obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, for at least the next 12 months, excluding the maturity of the Company's Term Loan Facility, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Incremental Term Loans in November 2026. However, management's fiscal 2026 annual operating plan forecasts noncompliance with its financial covenants pursuant to the Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement. In the event that the Company fails to comply with the requirements of the financial covenants set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Company has approximately 55 days subsequent to any fiscal quarter, and approximately 100 days subsequent to fiscal year-end, to cure noncompliance (the "grace period").
The Company also continues to discuss its current business conditions with its lenders. Additionally, the Company is exploring potential debt refinancing alternatives. There is no assurance that the Company’s lenders will agree to any amendment or extension to the Credit Agreement, nor can there be any assurance that the Company would be able to raise additional capital, whether through selling additional equity or debt securities or obtaining a line of credit or other loan on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. See Note 6 - Debt for further information about the Company’s existing credit facilities and requirements under its debt covenants.
The Company’s liquidity needs and compliance with covenants depend, among other things, on its ability to source and sell NHPs, its ability to fill its expanded DSA capacity, its ability to generate cash from other operating activities and its ability to manage its forecasted capital expenditures. Although management believes that it will be able to implement its plan, there can be no assurances that its plan will prove successful. As a result, substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern exists.
Comparative Cash Flow Analysis
As of September 30, 2025, we had cash and cash equivalents of $21,741 compared to $21,432 of cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, we had a $3,000 outstanding balance on our $15,000 revolving credit facility. Information about other debt outstanding as of each date is set forth below under “Capital Resources.”
Net cash used in operating activities was $10,455 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, compared to $6,805 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. Contributing factors to our cash used in operations for fiscal 2025 were a consolidated net loss of $68,625, a $21,612 decrease in deferred taxes and $1,144 for net changes in operating assets and
liabilities, partially offset by noncash charges of $55,928 for depreciation and amortization, $6,028 for stock compensation expense, $12,535 of non-cash interest and accretion expense and $5,206 of amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount. Contributing factors to our cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2024 were a consolidated net loss of $108,885, a $23,251 decrease in deferred taxes, and a gain on debt extinguishment of $1,860, partially offset by $57,118 for depreciation and amortization, $52,604 for net changes in operating assets and liabilities, $7,378 of non-cash interest and accretion expense, $6,740 for employee stock compensation expense and $3,745 of amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount. Refer to the Statements of Cash Flows within Part II, Item 8 of this Report for further details of net operating cash flows.
Net cash used in investing activities was $12,891 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $16,832 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024.
Our cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2025 was primarily related to capital expenditures of $16,615, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of property and equipment. Capital expenditures in fiscal 2025 primarily consisted of investments in facility improvements for animal welfare and capacity expansions to support future NHP colony management service revenue growth.
Our cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2024 was primarily related to capital expenditures of $22,310, partially offset by proceeds from sale of property and equipment of $5,478. The capital expenditures reflect investments in completing our DSA capacity expansions, infrastructure improvements in NHP facilities, renovations in the U.K. in order to complete the expansion of Hillcrest for new customer contracts and the consolidation of Blackthorn, enhancements in laboratory technology, and improvements for animal welfare. The proceeds from sales of property and equipment predominantly relate to the sales of our facilities in Blackthorn, U.K., Gannat, France, Spain and Cumberland, Virginia.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $23,701 during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 compared to $9,675 during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024.
Contributing factors to financing activities for fiscal 2025 primarily included net proceeds from the issuance of common shares of $27,524 and borrowings on the revolving credit facility of $26,000, partially offset by payments on the revolving credit facility of $23,000, payments on senior term notes and delayed draw term loans of $4,945 and other financing activities of $1,878.
Contributing factors to financing activities for fiscal 2024 primarily included issuance of Second Lien Notes of $17,000 and borrowings on the revolving loan facility of $12,000, partially offset by payments on the revolving credit facility of $12,000, payments on senior term notes and delayed draw term loans of $3,454 and other financing activities of $3,871.
Inflation
We do not believe that inflation has had a material adverse effect on our business, operations or financial condition.
Capital Resources
Our indebtedness as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 is detailed in the table below. Refer below for discussion of the Revolving Credit Facility.
September 30, 2025 September 30, 2024
Seller Note - Bolder BioPath (Related party) $ 150 $ 376
Seller Note - Preclinical Research Services - 464
Seller Payable - Orient BioResource Center 3,235 3,700
Seller Note - Histion (Related party) - 84
Second Lien Notes 23,220 17,846
Convertible Senior Notes 116,440 109,979
Term Loan Facility, DDTL and Incremental Term Loans 268,654 272,840
Total debt before unamortized debt issuance costs $ 411,699 $ 405,289
Less: Debt issuance costs not amortized (9,576) (11,950)
Total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs $ 402,123 $ 393,339
Less: Current portion (402,123) (3,538)
Total Long-term debt $ - $ 389,801
If the Company's results of operations in the twelve months following the date of this report do not improve relative to its fiscal 2025 results, it is probable that the Company will fail its financial covenants within twelve months of the balance sheet date. As a result, we have classified the Term Loan Facility, DDTL and Incremental Term Loans (each as defined below), the Notes and the Second Lien Notes as current. Refer to Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 for the Company's analysis of its liquidity and going concern, including cross-default considerations.
Refer to Note 6 - Debt to our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 for the combined aggregate amount of maturities over the next five years.
Summary of Activity
Fiscal 2025
We did not enter into any new debt arrangements, or amend any existing debt arrangements during fiscal 2025. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025, we borrowed $6,000 under our revolving credit facility and repaid $3,000, leaving an outstanding balance of $3,000 as of September 30, 2025.
Fiscal 2024
On September 13, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into the Seventh Amendment and the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), with the Purchasers. Pursuant to these agreements, the Purchasers acquired $22,000 in aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Notes from the Company ("Purchaser's Second Lien Notes") and warrants to purchase 3,946,250 shares of the Company’s common shares (such warrants, the “Warrants” and such common shares, the “Common Shares”) for consideration comprised of (i) $17,000 in cash and (ii) the cancellation of $8,333 of the Notes issued pursuant to the Convertible Bond Indenture (as defined below). Additionally, pursuant to the Fee Letter between the Company and the structuring agent, the Company also issued to the structuring agent $550 aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Notes and additional warrants to purchase 200,000 Common Shares as compensation for its services as structuring agent.
In connection with these transactions, $8,333 of the Notes were cancelled by the Company under the terms of the Purchase Agreement on the same date, such that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that remains outstanding is $131,667, which resulted in a gain on extinguishment of $1,860. The gain on extinguishment of debt is presented in Other (expense) income.
On August 7, 2024 and September 13, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into a Sixth and Seventh Amendments, respectively, to the Credit Agreement. The Sixth and Seventh Amendments waived the financial covenant tests under the Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2024 through the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2025. Additionally, the Seventh Amendment permitted the issuance of the Second Lien Notes. Refer below for further information related to these amendments.
On May 14, 2024 and June 2, 2024, the Company, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent, entered into the Fourth and Fifth Amendments, respectively, to the Credit Agreement. Refer below for further information related to those amendments.
Revolving Credit Facility
As of September 30, 2025, the Company had a $3,000 outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility, which remains outstanding as of the date of this report. As of September 30, 2024, the Company had no outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for information related to borrowings and payments on the revolving credit facility during the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
Term Loan Facility, DDTL and Incremental Term Loans
Below are the weighted-average effective interest rates for the loans available under the Credit Agreement:
Twelve Months Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Effective interest rates:
Term Loan 12.58 % 11.39 % 10.41 %
Initial DDTL 12.53 % 11.37 % 10.41 %
Additional DDTL 12.68 % 11.50 % 10.57 %
On November 5, 2026, the Term Loan Facility, DDTL and Incremental Term Loans will mature, any amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable, and the Credit Agreement will terminate.
Credit Agreement
On November 5, 2021, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent, entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a term loan facility (the "Term Loan Facility") in the original principal amount of $165,000, a delayed draw term loan facility in the original principal amount of $35,000 (available to be drawn up to 18 months from the date of the Credit Agreement) (the “Initial DDTL” and together with the Additional DDTL, the “DDTL”) and a revolving credit facility in the original principal amount of $15,000. On November 5, 2021, the Company borrowed the full amount of the term loan facility, but did not borrow any amounts on the DDTL or the revolving credit facility.
The Company could have elected to borrow on each of the loan facilities at either an adjusted LIBOR rate of interest or an adjusted prime rate of interest. Adjusted LIBOR rate loans accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus a margin of between 6.00% and 6.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The LIBOR rate had to be a minimum of 1.00%. The initial adjusted LIBOR rate of interest was the LIBOR rate plus 6.25%. Adjusted prime rate loans accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the prime rate plus a margin of between 5.00% and 5.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio. The initial adjusted prime rate of interest was the prime rate plus 5.25%.
The Company must pay (i) a fee based on a percentage per annum equal to 0.50% on the average daily undrawn portion of the commitments in respect of the revolving credit facility and (ii) a fee based on a percentage per annum equal to 1.00% on the average daily undrawn portion of the commitments in respect of the delayed draw loan facility. In each case, such fee shall be paid quarterly in arrears.
Each of the term loan facility and delayed draw term loan facility require annual principal payments in an amount equal to 1.00% of their respective original principal amounts. The Company shall also repay the term loan facility on an annual basis in an amount equal to a percentage of its Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement), which percentage will be determined by its then current Secured Leverage Ratio. Each of the loan facilities may be repaid at any time. Voluntary prepayments were subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium if made on or prior to November 5, 2023 and other breakage penalties, as defined in the Credit Agreement. Voluntary prepayments made after November 5, 2023 are not subject to any prepayment premium.
The Company is required to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio of not more than 4.25 to 1.00 for the Company's fiscal quarters through the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, 3.75 to 1.00 beginning with the Company’s fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2023, and 3.00 to 1.00 beginning with the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2025. The Company is required to maintain a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement), which ratio was 1.00 to 1.00 during the first year of the Credit Agreement and is 1.10 to 1.00 from and after the Credit Agreement’s first anniversary.
Each of the loan facilities is secured by all assets (other than certain excluded assets) of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Repayment of each of the loan facilities is guaranteed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
On January 7, 2022, the Company drew $35,000 on the Initial DDTL. Amounts outstanding under the Initial DDTL accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus a margin of between 6.00% and 6.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The initial adjusted LIBOR rate of interest was the LIBOR rate plus 6.25%.
First Amendment to Credit Agreement
On January 27, 2022, the Company, Subsidiary Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent entered into the First Amendment to the existing Credit Agreement. The First Amendment provides for, among other things, an increase to the existing term loan facility in the amount of $40,000 (the “Incremental Term Loans”) and the Additional DDTL in the original principal amount of $35,000, which amount is available to be drawn up to 24 months from the date of the First Amendment. The Incremental Term Loans and any amounts borrowed under the Additional DDTL are referred to herein as the “Additional Term Loans”. On January 27, 2022, the Company borrowed the full amount of the Incremental Term Loans, and on October 12, 2022, the Company borrowed the full $35,000 under the Additional DDTL.
Amounts outstanding under the Additional Term Loans accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus a margin of between 6.00% and 6.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The initial adjusted LIBOR rate of interest was the LIBOR rate plus 6.25%.
The Additional Term Loans require annual principal payments in an amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount. Voluntary prepayments of the Additional Term Loans were subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium if made on or prior to November 5, 2023 and other breakage penalties, as defined in the Credit Agreement. Voluntary prepayments made after November 5, 2023 are not subject to any prepayment premium.
The Company shall also repay the term loans on an annual basis in an amount equal to a percentage of its Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement), which percentage will be determined by its then current Secured Leverage Ratio.
The Additional Term Loans are secured by all assets (other than certain excluded assets) of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Repayment of the Additional Term Loans is guaranteed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
The Additional Term Loans will mature on November 5, 2026.
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement
On December 29, 2022, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent, entered into a Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement.
The Second Amendment provided for, among other things, an extension of the deadline for the Company to provide to the lenders the audited financial statements for the Company’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 and an annual budget for
2023; the Company satisfied these requirements by the extended deadline. The Second Amendment added a requirement that the Company provide, within 30 days after the end of each month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet, statement of income and statement of cash flows as of the end of, and for, such month, as well as a “key performance indicator” report. The Second Amendment also requires that, within 10 business days after the end of each month, the Company will provide a rolling 13-week cash flow forecast prepared on a monthly basis. The Second Amendment further provides that, upon the request of the Required Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Company will permit a financial advisor designated by the Required Lenders to meet with management of the Company to discuss the affairs, finances, accounts and condition of the Company during the six-month period following the effective date of the Second Amendment. In addition, the Second Amendment requires the Company to deliver an updated organization chart and certain supplemental information regarding the Company’s subsidiaries in connection with each quarterly report required pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
Under the Second Amendment, the Company could have elected to borrow on each of the loan facilities at either an adjusted term secured overnight financing rate (“Term SOFR”) rate of interest or an alternate base rate of interest. Term SOFR loans accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable Term SOFR rate plus (i) an adjustment percentage equal to between 0.11448% and 0.42826%, depending on the term of the loan (“Adjusted Term SOFR”); provided that, Adjusted Term SOFR could never be less than 1.00%, and (ii) a margin of between 6.00% and 6.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Alternate base rate loans could accrue interest at an annual rate equal to (i) the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus 0.50%, (b) the Agent’s prime rate and (c) Adjusted Term SOFR for a one-month tenor plus 1.00% (the “Second Amendment Alternate Base Rate”); provided that, the Second Amendment Alternate Base Rate could never be less than 2.00%, plus (ii) a margin of between 5.00% and 5.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio.
The Second Amendment also provides that the Company may not request any credit extensions under the revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement, if any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement cannot be satisfied, including, without limitation, the making of the representation and warranty that as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements delivered to the Agent, no event, change, circumstance, condition, development or occurrence has had, or would reasonably be expected to result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
In addition, the Second Amendment provided that, no later than January 13, 2023 (or such later date as the Required Lenders shall agree in their discretion), the Company shall (i) appoint a financial advisor on terms reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders and the Company for a term of at least six months, (ii) provide a 13-week budget to the Agent, and (iii) deliver a perfection certificate supplement updating certain information previously provided with respect to each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, including information regarding certain collateral and other assets owned by such parties. The Company timely satisfied each of these requirements.
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
On January 9, 2023, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent, entered into a Third Amendment (“Third Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Third Amendment provides that, among other things, during the period beginning on January 9, 2023 and, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, ending on the date on which financial statements for the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2024 are delivered or are required to be delivered, as long as no event of default has occurred (the “Amendment Relief Period”):
•the Cambodian NHP-related matters, to the extent existing and disclosed to the lenders prior to December 29, 2022, shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect under the Credit Agreement and will not restrict the Company’s ability to request credit extensions under the revolving credit facility;
•the use of borrowings under the revolving credit facility is limited to funding operational expenses of the Company in the ordinary course and cannot be used for the making or funding of investments, permitted acquisitions or restricted payments, payments or purchases with respect to any indebtedness, bonuses or executive compensation, or judgments, fines or settlements; and
•additional limitations are imposed on the Company under the Credit Agreement, including restrictions on permitted asset sales, a prohibition on making permitted acquisitions, and significant limitations on the ability to incur additional debt, make investments and make restricted payments.
The Third Amendment provides that from and after the date thereof, no incremental facilities under the Credit Agreement may be established or incurred. The Third Amendment also provides for additional mandatory prepayments of borrowed amounts following the receipt by the Company of certain cash receipts, including proceeds from certain equity issuances and cash received by the Company not in the ordinary course of business. Under the Third Amendment, after any draw on the revolving credit facility, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents held on hand domestically within the U.S. cannot exceed $10,000.
Under the Third Amendment, the Company may elect to borrow on each of the loan facilities accruing interest at either an adjusted Term SOFR or an alternate base rate of interest. Term SOFR loans shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable Term SOFR rate plus (i) an adjustment percentage equal to between 0.11448% and 0.42826%, depending on the term of the loan, provided that, the Adjusted Term SOFR shall never be less than 1.00% per annum, plus (ii) an applicable margin of 6.75% per annum for term loans maintained as SOFR loans or 9.50% per annum for revolving loans maintained as SOFR loans. Alternate base rate loans shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to (i) the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus 0.50%, (b) the Agent’s prime rate and (c) Adjusted Term SOFR for a one-month tenor plus 1.00% (the “Alternate Base Rate”), provided that, the Alternate Base Rate is subject to a floor of 2.00% per annum plus (ii) an applicable margin of 5.75% per annum for term loans maintained as Alternate Base Rate loans or 8.50% per annum for revolving loans maintained as Alternate Base Rate loans.
The fee consideration payable by the Company for each consenting lender party to the Third Amendment is: (i) 0.50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the term loans held by each consenting term loan lender, to be paid in-kind and capitalized to the principal amounts of the term loans held by such lender; (ii) 0.50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the term loans held by each consenting term loan lender, to be paid in cash upon the occurrence of certain prepayments of the term loan under the Credit Agreement; and (iii) 7.00% of the aggregate amount of the revolving commitments held by each consenting revolving lender, to be paid in cash upon the occurrence with certain permanent reductions of the revolving loans under the Credit Agreement.
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement
On May 14, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into a Fourth Amendment (the “Fourth Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Fourth Amendment provided that any charges or expenses attributable to or related to an agreement in principle (subsequently replaced by the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement) could be added back to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA (up to $26,500) for purposes of the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments for further discussion of the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement.
The fee consideration payable by the Company for each consenting lender party to the Fourth Amendment is 0.50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the term loans held by each consenting term loan lender, to be paid in-kind and capitalized to the principal amounts of the term loans held by such lender.
Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement
On June 2, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into a Fifth Amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Fifth Amendment, among other changes, permits charges or expenses attributable to or related to the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement to be added back to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA in an amount up to $28,500; excludes any direct effects to the Company resulting from the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement from being deemed a material adverse effect under the Credit Agreement; permits liens on the Company and certain subsidiaries in favor of DOJ in connection with the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement; provides that certain uncured or unwaived breaches of the terms and conditions of the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement shall be considered an event of default under the Credit Agreement; and enables the lenders to cause, at their discretion, material foreign subsidiaries to be joined as guarantors of the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments for further discussion of the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement.
The fee consideration payable by the Company for each consenting lender party to the Fifth Amendment is 0.50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the term loans held by each consenting term loan lender, to be paid in-kind and capitalized to the principal amounts of the term loans held by such lender.
Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement
On August 7, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into a Sixth Amendment (the “Sixth Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Sixth Amendment among other changes, waived the financial covenant tests set out under the Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2024, established a new weekly liquidity reporting requirement to the lenders, and established a new minimum weekly liquidity requirement of $7,000 for each of the weeks ended August 16, 2024, August 23, 2024 and August 30, 2024, $17,500 for each of the weeks ended October 11, 2024, October 18, 2024 and October 25, 2024 and $10,000 for each other week thereafter.
Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement
On September 13, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into the Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement. The Seventh Amendment, among other changes, permitted the incurrence of the issuance of the Second Lien Notes in an aggregate amount of $22,550, made certain changes to the component definitions of the financial covenants, including the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, and increased the cash netting capability in the Secured Leverage Ratio covenant. The Seventh Amendment included the addition of a maximum capital expenditure limit and a minimum EBITDA test effective as of the closing date, waived the existing financial covenants from the date of the Seventh Amendment until June 30, 2025, and established new financial covenant tests for the fiscal quarters starting June 30, 2025 and thereafter. The Seventh Amendment also capped the reinvestment of funds from extraordinary receipts and asset sales and casualty events at $5,000 in the aggregate, and established a non-voting third party observer to the Company’s board of directors meetings, as elected by the lenders. Additionally, the Seventh Amendment permits charges or expenses attributable to or related to the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement to be added back to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA in an amount up to $32,000 for purposes of the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. This is an update to the $28,500 provided in the Fifth Amendment.
Second Lien Notes
Purchase Agreement
The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into a Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated September 13, 2024, with the Purchasers, pursuant to which the Purchasers acquired $22,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Second Lien Notes and Warrants to purchase 3,946,250 Common Shares for consideration comprised of (i) $17,000 in cash and (ii) the cancellation of approximately $8,333 of the Company’s Notes held by certain of the Purchasers. In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, and pursuant to a Fee Letter between the Company and the structuring agent, the Company also issued to the structuring agent $550 aggregate principal amount of the Second Lien Notes and additional warrants to purchase 200,000 Common Shares as compensation for its services as structuring agent for the transactions. In connection therewith, $8,333 of the Notes were cancelled by the Company under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, such that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that remains outstanding is $131,667.
Second Lien Indenture
The Second Lien Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “Second Lien Indenture”), dated as of September 13, 2024, by and between the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (the “Second Lien Trustee”). The Second Lien Notes are the Company’s senior secured second lien obligations and are secured by substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ assets, and are guaranteed on a senior secured second lien basis by the Subsidiary Guarantors.
Interest on the Second Lien Notes is payable in kind. The Second Lien Notes accrue interest at a rate of 15.00% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, with the initial payment on December 31, 2024. The Second Lien Notes will mature on February 4, 2027, unless earlier repurchased or redeemed.
The Second Lien Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Company’s option at any time on or prior to March 13, 2026, at a cash redemption price equal to 100.00% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus a make-whole premium, as further described in the Second Lien Indenture. The Second Lien Notes may be redeemed on or after March 14, 2026 through and including September 13, 2026, at a redemption price of 102.00% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes to be redeemed and (ii) on and after September 14, 2026, at a redemption price of 100.00% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes to be redeemed, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.
As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, there were $1,297 and $1,563, respectively, in unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Second Lien Notes. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, the total interest expense was $6,290, including coupon interest expense of $3,983, accretion expense of $1,608, and amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $699.
The Second Lien Indenture contains covenants restricting the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur indebtedness, incur liens, make investments, make restricted payments, make asset sales and engage in transactions with affiliates, subject to certain baskets. The Second Lien Indenture requires the Company to add future assets to the collateral under the Security Agreement (as defined below) and to add future subsidiaries as guarantors under the Security Agreement.
The Second Lien Notes have customary provisions relating to the occurrence of “Events of Default” (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture), which include, among others, the following: (i) certain payment defaults on the Second Lien Notes (which, in the case of a default in the payment of interest on the Second Lien Notes, will be subject to a 30-day cure period); (ii) a default by the Company in its obligations or agreements under the Second Lien Indenture or the Second Lien Notes if such default is not cured or waived within certain grace periods; (iii) certain defaults by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness for borrowed money of at least $8,625 during the Amendment Relief Period (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture) or of at least $17,250 thereafter; (iv) certain defaults by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Credit Agreement; (v) subject to certain exceptions, the rendering of certain judgments against the Company or any of its subsidiaries for the payment of at least $8,625 during the Amendment Relief Period or of at least $17,250 thereafter, where such judgments are not discharged or stayed within 90 days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired or on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished; (vi) the occurrence of certain ERISA events; (vii) the loss of material security interests and liens and guarantees, subject to certain exceptions; (viii) certain payment defaults in excess of $11,500 owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under the 2024 Settlement (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture) and other failures to perform any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in the 2024 Settlement that is capable of being cured and that is not cured within 30 days after receipt by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of written notice of such failure; (ix) any note Document (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture) or material provision thereof being declared null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction and (x) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency and reorganization involving the Company or any of the Company’s significant subsidiaries.
If an Event of Default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events with respect to the Company occurs, then the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Second Lien Notes then outstanding will immediately become due and payable without any further action or notice by any person. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, the Second Lien Trustee, by notice to the Company, or noteholders of at least 30.00% of the aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Company and the Second Lien Trustee, may declare the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Second Lien Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately.
Security Agreement
On September 13, 2024, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into a Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) with the U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as the collateral agent for the Second Lien Notes (the “Collateral Agent”). Pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors granted the Collateral Agent a second lien security interest in substantially all of their assets, including but not limited to certain accounts, equipment, fixtures and intellectual property, in order to secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations, as defined in the Second Lien Indenture.
Convertible Senior Notes
On September 27, 2021, the Company issued $140,000 principal amount of the Notes. The Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture, dated as of September 27, 2021, among the Company, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, BAS Evansville, Inc., as guarantor (the “Guarantor”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Convertible Bond Indenture”). Pursuant to the purchase agreement between the Company and the initial purchaser of the Notes, the Company granted the initial purchaser an option to purchase, for settlement within a period of 13 days from, and including, the date the Notes were first issued, up to an additional $15,000 principal amount of the Notes. The Notes issued on September 27, 2021 included $15,000 principal amount of the Notes issued pursuant to the full exercise by the initial purchaser of such option. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering of the Notes, together with borrowings under a new senior secured term loan facility, to fund the cash portion of the purchase price of the Envigo acquisition and related fees and expenses.
In connection with the Purchase Agreement, $8,333 of the Notes were cancelled by the Company under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, such that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that remains outstanding is $131,667.
The Notes are the Company’s senior, unsecured obligations and are (i) equal in right of payment with the Company’s existing and future senior, unsecured indebtedness; (ii) senior in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the Notes; (iii) effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness; and (iv) structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, and (to the extent the Company is not a holder thereof) preferred equity, if any, of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior, unsecured basis, by the Guarantor.
The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on April 15, 2022. The Notes will mature on October 15, 2027, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. Before April 15, 2027, noteholders have the right to convert their Notes only upon the occurrence of certain events. From and after April 15, 2027, noteholders may convert their Notes at any time at their election until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date. The Company will settle conversions by paying or delivering, as applicable, cash, its common shares or a combination of cash and its common shares, at the Company’s election. The initial conversion rate is 21.7162 common shares per $1 principal amount of Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $46.05 per common share. The conversion rate and conversion price are subject to customary adjustments upon the occurrence of certain events. In addition, if certain corporate events that constitute a “Make-Whole Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Convertible Bond Indenture) occur, then the conversion rate will, in certain circumstances, be increased for a specified period of time.
As of September 30, 2025 and 2024, there were $2,093 and $3,031, respectively, in unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Notes. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, the total interest expense was $11,681, including coupon interest expense of $4,282, accretion expense of $6,461, and the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $938. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2024, the total interest expense was $11,745, including coupon interest expense of $4,529, accretion expense of $6,270, and the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $946. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2023, the total interest expense was $11,089, including coupon interest expense of $4,515, accretion expense of $5,686, and the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $888.
The Notes are redeemable, in whole and not in part, at the Company’s option at any time on or after October 15, 2024 and on or before the 40th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, but only if the last reported sale price per common share of the Company exceeds 130.00% of the conversion price on (i) each of at least 20 trading days, whether or not consecutive, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends the related redemption notice; and (ii) the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends such notice. The redemption price is a cash amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. In addition, calling the Notes for redemption pursuant to the provisions described in this paragraph will constitute a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, which will result in an increase to the conversion rate in certain circumstances for a specified period of time.
If certain corporate events that constitute a “Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Convertible Bond Indenture) occur, then noteholders may require the Company to repurchase their Notes at a cash repurchase price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change repurchase date. The definition of Fundamental Change includes certain business combination transactions involving the Company and certain de-listing events with respect to the Company’s common shares.
The Notes have customary provisions relating to the occurrence of “Events of Default” (as defined in the Convertible Bond Indenture), which include the following: (i) certain payment defaults on the Notes (which, in the case of a default in the payment of interest on the Notes, are subject to a 30-day cure period); (ii) the Company’s failure to send certain notices under the Convertible Bond Indenture within specified periods of time; (iii) the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply with certain covenants in the Convertible Bond Indenture relating to the ability of the Company or the Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, lease or otherwise transfer, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another person; (iv) a default by the Company or the Guarantor in its other obligations or agreements under the Convertible Bond Indenture or the Notes if such default is not cured or waived within 60 days after notice is given in accordance with the Convertible Bond Indenture; (v) certain defaults by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness for borrowed money of at least $20,000; (vi) the rendering of certain judgments against the
Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries for the payment of at least $20,000, where such judgments are not discharged or stayed within 60 days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired or on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency and reorganization involving the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective significant subsidiaries; and (viii) the guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect (except as permitted by the Convertible Bond Indenture) or the Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its guarantee of the Notes.
If an Event of Default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events with respect to the Company or the Guarantor (and not solely with respect to a significant subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor) occurs, then the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Notes then outstanding will immediately become due and payable without any further action or notice by any person. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the trustee, by notice to the Company, or noteholders of at least 25.00% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Company and the trustee, may declare the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Notes then outstanding to become due and payable immediately. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect, at its option, that the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to certain failures by the Company to comply with certain reporting covenants in the Convertible Bond Indenture consists exclusively of the right of the noteholders to receive special interest on the Notes for up to 180 days at a specified rate per annum not exceeding 0.50% on the principal amount of the Notes.
At issuance, the Company evaluated the convertible feature of the Notes and determined it was required to be bifurcated as an embedded derivative and did not qualify for equity classification. In subsequent periods, the Notes conversion rights met all equity classification criteria and the fair value of the embedded derivative was reclassified to additional paid-in-capital. The discount resulting from the initial fair value of the embedded derivative has and will continue to be amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method. Non-cash interest expense during the period primarily related to this discount.
Acquisition-related Debt (Seller Notes)
In addition to the indebtedness described above, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have issued unsecured notes as partial payment of the purchase prices of certain acquisitions as described herein. Each of these notes is subordinated to the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.
As part of the acquisition of Bolder BioPATH, the Company issued unsecured subordinated promissory notes payable to the former shareholders of Bolder BioPATH in an aggregate principal amount of $1,500. As part of the working capital adjustment in March 2022, a reduction of the promissory note of $470 was recorded. The promissory notes bear interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum, with monthly payments of principal and interest and a maturity date of May 1, 2026.
As part of the acquisition of Histion, the Company issued unsecured subordinated promissory notes payable to the former shareholders of Histion in an aggregate principal amount of $433. The promissory notes bore interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum, with monthly payments of principal and interest and a maturity date of April 1, 2025. The promissory notes were paid in full as of April 1, 2025.
As part of the acquisition of Pre-Clinical Research Services, Inc. ("PCRS"), the Company issued an unsecured subordinated promissory note payable to the PCRS seller in the initial principal amount of $800. The promissory note bore interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum with monthly payments of principal and interest and a maturity date of December 1, 2024. The promissory note was paid in full as of December 1, 2024.
As part of the acquisition of Orient BioResource Center, Inc. ("OBRC"), the Company agreed to leave in place a payable (the "Seller Payable") owed by OBRC to Orient Bio, Inc. (the "Seller") in the amount of $3,700, which the Company determined to have a fair value of $3,325 as of January 27, 2022. The Seller Payable did not bear interest and was originally required to be paid to the Seller 18 months after the closing date of January 27, 2022. The Company has the right to set off against the Seller Payable any amounts that become payable by the Seller on account of indemnification obligations under the purchase agreement. On April 4, 2023, the Company and the Seller entered into a First Amendment to extend the maturity date of the Seller Payable to July 27, 2024. On May 24, 2024, the Company and the Seller entered into a Second Amendment to extend the maturity date of the Seller Payable to July 27, 2025. Further, beginning on July 27, 2024, the note bears interest at a rate of 4.60% per annum. Accrued interest and principal will be paid at the maturity date. On October 24, 2024, the Company and the Seller entered into a Third Amendment to extend the maturity date of the Seller Payable to January 27, 2026. No amendments to the Seller Payable have affected the rights and remedies of any party
under the stock purchase agreement, nor did any alter, modify or amend or in any way affect any of the terms and conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the stock purchase agreement.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S.). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods and related disclosures. These estimates and assumptions are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on our historical experience, trends in the industry, and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We believe that the application of our accounting policies, each of which require significant judgments and estimates on the part of management, are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 - Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We believe the following represent our critical accounting policies and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue Recognition
In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, the Company disaggregates its revenue from clients into two revenue streams, service revenue and product revenue. At contract inception, the Company assesses the services and/or products promised in the contract with the clients to identify performance obligations in the arrangements. In accordance with ASC 606, the Company determines appropriate revenue recognition by completing the following steps: (i) identifying the contract(s) with a client; (ii) identifying the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determining the transaction price; (iv) allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognizing revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.
Service revenue
DSA
The Company enters into contracts with clients to provide drug discovery and development services. The Company’s fixed fee arrangements may involve nonclinical research services (e.g., toxicology, pathology, pharmacology), bioanalytical, and pharmaceutical method development and validation, nonclinical research services and the analysis of bioanalytical and pharmaceutical samples. For bioanalytical and pharmaceutical method validation services and nonclinical research services, revenue is recognized over time using the input method based on the ratio of direct costs incurred to total estimated direct costs. For contracts that involve in-life study conduct, method development or the analysis of bioanalytical and pharmaceutical samples, revenue is recognized over time when samples are analyzed or when services are performed. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to recognize over time, the Company forecasts remaining costs related to the contracts with clients. In order to forecast the remaining costs, the Company reviews the billings compared to original cost estimates, meets with project managers and updates cost estimates in relation to any scope changes requested by the client.
The Company generally bills for services on a milestone basis. These contracts represent a single performance obligation and due to the Company’s right to payment for work performed, revenue is recognized over time. Research services contract fees received upon acceptance are deferred until earned and classified within fees invoiced in advance on the consolidated balance sheets. Unbilled revenues represent revenues earned under contracts in advance of billings and are classified within trade receivables and contract assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
Our service contracts typically establish a fixed fee to be paid for identified services. In most cases, some percentage of the contract costs is paid in advance. While we are performing a contract, clients often adjust the scope of services to be provided based on interim project results. Fees are adjusted accordingly. Generally, our fee-for-service contracts are
terminable by the client upon written notice of 30 days or less for a variety of reasons, including the client’s decision to forego a particular study, the failure of product prototypes to satisfy safety requirements, and unexpected or undesired results of product testing. Cancellation or delay of ongoing contracts may result in fluctuations in our annual results. We are generally able to recover, at minimum, our invested costs plus an appropriate margin when contracts are terminated.
RMS
The Company provides GEMS, which include the performance of contract breeding and other services associated with genetically engineered models, client-owned animal colony care, and health monitoring and diagnostics services related to research models. For contracts that involve creation of a specific type of animal, revenue is recognized over time with each milestone as a separate performance obligation. The Company is due payment for work performed even if subsequent milestones are unable to be met. Contract breeding revenue and client-owned animal colony care revenue are recognized over time and are billed as per diems. Health monitoring revenue and diagnostic services revenue are recognized once the service is performed.
Product revenue
DSA
DSA product revenue includes internally-manufactured scientific instruments for life sciences research and the related software for use by pharmaceutical companies, universities, government research centers and medical research institutions under the Company’s BASi product line. These products can be sold to multiple clients and have alternative uses. Both the transaction sales price and shipping terms are agreed upon in the client order. For these products, all revenue is recognized at a point in time, generally when title of the product and control is transferred to the client based upon shipping terms. These arrangements typically include only one performance obligation. In determining the transaction price, a significant financing component does not exist since the time between when the Company delivers product to when the clients pay for the product is less than one year.
RMS
Product revenue includes research models, diets, bedding, enrichment and bioproducts. Research models revenue represents the commercial production and sale of research models. Diets, bedding and enrichment revenue represents laboratory animal diets, bedding, and enrichment products under the Company’s Teklad product line. Bioproducts revenue represents the sale of serum and plasma, whole blood, tissues, organs and glands, embryo culture serum and growth factors. Product revenue is recognized at the point in time when the Company’s performance obligations with the applicable clients have been satisfied. Revenue is recorded at the transaction price, which is the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products to a client. The performance obligations, including associated freight to deliver products, are met based on agreed upon terms, which are generally upon delivery (destination point) and transfer of title. The Company determines the transaction price based on fixed consideration in its contractual agreements. In determining the transaction price, a significant financing component does not exist since the time between when the Company delivers product to when the clients pay for the product is less than one year.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred taxes are measured using rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of its net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.
The Company uses a two-step process for the measurement of uncertain tax positions that have been taken or are expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is a determination of whether the tax position should be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The second step determines the measurement of the tax position. The Company records potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.
The Company adopted an accounting policy regarding the treatment of taxes due on future inclusion of non-U.S. income in U.S. taxable income under the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income provisions as a current period expense when incurred.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
We use assumptions and estimates in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The determination of the fair value of intangible assets, which represent a significant portion of the purchase price in many of our acquisitions, requires the use of significant judgment with regard to the fair value. We utilize commonly accepted valuation techniques, such as the income, cost and market approaches, as appropriate, in establishing the fair value of intangible assets. Typically, key assumptions include projections of cash flows that arise from identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses as well as discount rates based on an analysis of the weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for specific risks associated with the assets. Customer relationship intangible assets are the most significant identifiable definite-lived asset acquired. To determine the fair value of the acquired customer relationships, the Company typically utilizes the multiple period excess earnings model (a commonly accepted valuation technique), which relies on the following key assumptions: projections of cash flows from the acquired entities, which includes future revenue growth rates, operating income (loss) margins, and customer attrition rates; as well as discount rates based on an analysis of the acquired entities’ weighted average cost of capital.
Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed when accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, utilizing an assessment date of September 30th, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of the Company's reporting units below their carrying amounts.
The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. If the Company elects this option and believes, as a result of the qualitative assessment, that it is more-likely-than-not that the carrying value of goodwill is not recoverable, the quantitative impairment test is required; otherwise, no further testing is required. Alternatively, the Company may elect to not first assess qualitative factors and immediately perform the quantitative impairment test. In the quantitative test, the Company compares the fair value of its reporting units to their carrying values. The estimated cash flows used to determine the fair value of the reporting units used in the impairment test requires significant judgment with respect to revenue growth, EBITDA margin, and weighted average cost of capital. If the carrying values of the net assets assigned to the reporting units exceed the fair values of the reporting units an impairment loss equal to the difference would be recorded. See Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 for further discussion related to goodwill impairment charges during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023.
Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are utilized and qualitatively reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets or asset group may not be recoverable. If quantitative determination of recoverability is required, recoverability of assets to be held and used is determined by the Company at the level for which there are identifiable cash flows by comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows utilizing forecasted revenue growth, EBITDA margin, and capital expenditures before interest expense and income taxes expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying amount exceeds the outcome of the analysis of undiscounted cash flows, impairment is measured through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. In the event that such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the definite-lived intangible assets, the definite-lived intangible assets are written-down to their fair values.
The Company amortizes the cost of its intangible assets utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the definite-lived intangible assets as follows:
Asset
Estimated Useful Lives
(in years)
Customer relationships
5 - 13
Intellectual property
5 - 20
Other
0 - 15
Long-lived Tangible Assets
Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets or asset group may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. In the event that such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the assets, the assets are written-down to their fair values. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are carried at fair value less costs to sell.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s judgment about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the inputs as follows:
•Level 1 - Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access.
•Level 2 - Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
•Level 3 - Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
Valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value are disclosed in Note 6 - Debt and Note 8 - Post Employment Benefits.
Pension Costs
The Company has a defined benefit pension plan for one of its U.K. subsidiaries.
The projected benefit obligation and funded position of the defined benefit plan is estimated by actuaries and the Company recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit plan on its consolidated balance sheets and recognizes gains, losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period that are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The Company measures plan assets and obligations as of the date of the Company’s year-end consolidated balance sheet, using assumptions to anticipate future events.
Additional information about certain effects on net periodic benefit cost for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (see Note 8 - Post Employment Benefits).
Contingencies
In accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company records a liability in its consolidated financial statements for material loss contingencies when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. When determining the estimated loss or range of loss, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded. Estimates of probable losses resulting from litigation, governmental proceedings and other contingencies are inherently difficult to predict, particularly when the matters are in early procedural stages, with incomplete facts or legal discovery; involve unsubstantiated or indeterminate claims for damages; potentially involve penalties, fines, disgorgement, or punitive damages; or could result in a change in business practice.
Further, in accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company records an asset in its consolidated financial statements relating to a recovery only when realization of the claim for recovery is deemed probable. An asset should be recognized to the extent that a loss has previously been recognized. Any expected proceeds in excess of a previously recognized loss or a recovery of a loss not yet recognized in the consolidated financial statements should be treated as a gain contingency.
The Company reflects litigation accruals and the related estimated insurance recovery receivable on a gross basis as liabilities and assets, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet.
Our significant accounting policies, including new accounting pronouncements, are described in more detail in Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in response to Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

---

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 7A - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to changes in interest rates while conducting normal business operations as a result of ongoing financing activities. As of September 30, 2025, our debt portfolio was reliant on reference rates. Based on our interest rate exposure at September 30, 2025, assumed debt levels throughout the next 12 months, a one-percentage-point increase in interest rates would result in an estimated $2.7 million pre-tax reduction in net earnings over a one-year period.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We operate on a global basis and have exposure to some foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations for our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
While the financial results of our global activities are reported in U.S. dollars, our foreign subsidiaries typically conduct their operations in their respective local currency. The principal functional currencies of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are the Euro and British Pound.
Fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates of the countries in which we do business will affect our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. As the U.S. dollar strengthens against other currencies, the value of our non-U.S. revenue, expenses, assets, liabilities, and cash flows will generally decline when reported in U.S. dollars. The impact to net income (loss) as a result of a U.S. dollar strengthening will be partially mitigated by the value of non-U.S. expenses, which will decline when reported in U.S. dollars. As the U.S. dollar weakens versus other currencies, the value of the non-U.S. revenue, expenses, assets, liabilities, and cash flows will generally increase when reported in U.S. dollars.
A hypothetical 10% change in the foreign exchange rates applicable to our business would change our cash balance as of September 30, 2025 by approximately $0.5 million and our revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 by approximately $6.5 million.

---

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID - 42)
Consolidated Financial Statements of Inotiv, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
3. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CLIENTS
4. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
6. DEBT
7. SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
8. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
9. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE
10. RESTRUCTURING COSTS
11. LEASES
12. STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY AND LOSS PER SHARE
13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
14. INCOME TAXES
15. CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Inotiv, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Inotiv, Inc. (the Company) as of September 30, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at September 30, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2025, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated December 5, 2025 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.
The Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has negative operating cash flows, operating losses and net losses, is forecasting non-compliance with certain covenants of loan agreements with banks and has significant debt obligations that are due within the next twelve months. The Company has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management's evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Revenue recognition for Over Time Service Contracts
Description of the matter
For the year ended September 30, 2025, the Company recorded service revenue of $232.9 million. As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company derives a portion of its revenues from service revenue contracts which include fixed fee arrangements. Certain of these service revenue contracts are recognized over time (“Over Time Service Contracts”) using the input method based on the ratio of direct costs incurred to date under the contract to total estimated direct costs expected to be incurred to complete the contract.
Auditing the revenue recognition related to Over Time Service Contracts can be challenging due to the judgment by management in determining the timing of recognition of revenue as services are provided, including the Company’s estimate of expected costs to be incurred to complete the contract. Auditing the estimate of expected costs involved a high degree of auditor judgment and increased audit effort due to the determination of the current status of the contract and remaining cost to complete and their impact on the amount of revenue recognized.
How we addressed the matter in our audit
Our audit procedures relating to management’s estimates included, among others, selecting a sample of contracts and comparing the transaction prices to the consideration expected to be received based on current rights and obligations under the contracts and any contract modifications that were agreed upon with the customers. We tested costs incurred and applied to contracts for accuracy, existence, completeness, and proper classification. We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s forecast of remaining costs for the selected contracts, which included understanding the current status of the contract, comparing current estimated costs to original estimates and corroborating our understanding of the status and remaining cost estimates of projects through discussions with project managers. Lastly, we evaluated the reasonableness of management’s estimate by comparing final contract costs to cost estimates for a sample of historical in-process service contracts completed in the current year.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.
Indianapolis, IN
December 5, 2025
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Inotiv, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Inotiv, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Inotiv, Inc. (the Company) has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2025, based on the COSO criteria.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses have been identified and included in management’s assessment. Management has identified material weaknesses related to:
a) the design and operating effectiveness of controls over information technology general controls (ITGCs) for applications that are relevant to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements throughout the year ended September 30, 2025, which resulted in ineffective business process controls (automated and IT-dependent manual controls) that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all of the financial statement accounts and disclosures; and
b) the design and operating effectiveness of components of the COSO framework to address all relevant risks of material misstatement, including elements of the control environment, information and communication, control activities and monitoring activities components, relating to: (i) providing sufficient and timely management oversight and ownership over the internal control evaluation process; (ii) hiring and training sufficient personnel to timely support the Company’s internal control objectives; and (iii) performing timely monitoring and oversight to ascertain whether the components of internal control are present and functioning effectively. As a result, controls relevant to substantially all business processes and related controls (including relevant entity level controls) were deemed ineffective at September 30, 2025.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 2025 consolidated financial statements of the Company. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2025 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated December 5, 2025, which expressed an unqualified opinion thereon that included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
December 5, 2025
INOTIV, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)
As of September 30,
2025 2024
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 21,741 $ 21,432
Trade receivables and contract assets, net of allowances for credit losses of $6,397 and $6,931, respectively
78,222 73,560
Inventories, net 45,738 18,173
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 48,890 50,248
Total current assets 194,591 163,413
Property and equipment, net 180,726 188,328
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net 46,358 49,165
Goodwill 94,286 94,286
Other intangible assets, net 240,197 274,396
Other assets 14,956 11,773
Total assets $ 771,114 $ 781,361
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable $ 48,531 $ 33,526
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 44,722 28,218
Revolving credit facility 3,000 -
Fees invoiced in advance 51,512 41,986
Current portion of long-term operating lease 6,896 11,774
Current portion of long-term debt 402,123 3,538
Total current liabilities 556,784 119,042
Long-term operating leases, net 44,344 40,010
Long-term debt, less current portion, net of debt issuance costs - 389,801
Other long-term liabilities 28,385 34,963
Deferred tax liabilities, net 5,573 27,041
Total liabilities 635,086 610,857
Contingencies (Note 15)
Shareholders’ equity:
Common shares, no par value:
Authorized 74,000,000 shares at September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024; 34,357,251 issued and outstanding at September 30, 2025 and 26,015,129 at September 30, 2024
8,551 6,466
Additional paid-in capital 756,062 724,789
Accumulated deficit (630,813) (562,163)
Accumulated other comprehensive income 2,228 1,412
Total equity attributable to common shareholders 136,028 170,504
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 771,114 $ 781,361
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
INOTIV, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Service revenue $ 232,866 $ 219,663 $ 223,813
Product revenue 280,158 271,076 348,612
Total revenue $ 513,024 $ 490,739 $ 572,425
Costs and expenses:
Cost of services provided (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets) 170,867 157,826 147,819
Cost of products sold (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets) 221,177 221,742 242,664
Selling 21,145 20,883 19,075
General and administrative 71,099 77,034 104,706
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets 55,928 57,118 54,717
Other operating expense 3,710 42,542 18,537
Goodwill impairment loss - - 66,367
Operating loss $ (30,902) $ (86,406) $ (81,460)
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense (56,593) (46,884) (43,019)
Other (expense) income (273) 2,530 237
Loss before income taxes $ (87,768) $ (130,760) $ (124,242)
Income tax benefit 19,143 21,875 19,340
Consolidated net loss $ (68,625) $ (108,885) $ (104,902)
Less: Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests - (440) 238
Net loss attributable to common shareholders $ (68,625) $ (108,445) $ (105,140)
Loss per common share
Net loss attributable to common shareholders:
Basic $ (2.11) $ (4.19) $ (4.10)
Diluted $ (2.11) $ (4.19) $ (4.10)
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic 32,452 25,897 25,641
Diluted 32,452 25,897 25,641
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
INOTIV, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Consolidated net loss $ (68,625) $ (108,885) $ (104,902)
Foreign currency translation 1,484 965 4,940
Cumulative currency translation realized through sale of subsidiary - - 762
Defined benefit plans:
Actuarial gain (loss), net of tax 578 - (28)
Other 279 188 (219)
Foreign currency translation (1,525) (71) 375
Other comprehensive income, net of tax 816 1,082 5,830
Consolidated comprehensive loss (67,809) (107,803) (99,072)
Less: Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests - (440) 238
Comprehensive loss attributable to common shareholders $ (67,809) $ (107,363) $ (99,310)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
INOTIV, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except number of shares)
Common Shares Additional
paid-in
capital Accumulated
deficit Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income Non-
Controlling
Interests Total
shareholders’
equity
Number Amount
Balance at September 30, 2022 25,598,289 $ 6,362 $ 707,787 $ (348,277) $ (5,500) $ (606) $ 359,766
Consolidated net loss - - - (104,902) - (238) (105,140)
Noncontrolling interest - - - - - (292) (292)
Issuance of stock under employee stock plans 178,880 44 65 - - - 109
Stock based compensation - - 7,844 - - - 7,844
Actuarial loss (net of tax) - - - - (28) - (28)
Foreign currency translation adjustment - - - - 5,315 - 5,315
Cumulative currency translation realized through sale of subsidiary - - - - 762 - 762
Other - - - (99) (219) 472 154
Balance at September 30, 2023 25,777,169 $ 6,406 $ 715,696 $ (453,278) $ 330 $ (664) $ 268,490
Consolidated net loss - - - (108,885) - 440 (108,445)
Noncontrolling interest - - (2,309) - - 224 (2,085)
Issuance of stock under employee stock plans 237,960 60 (49) - - - 11
Stock based compensation - - 6,740 - - - 6,740
Pension cost amortization - - - - 188 - 188
Foreign currency translation adjustment - - - - 894 - 894
Warrants issued in connection with Purchase Agreement - - 4,768 - - - 4,768
Other - - (57) - - - (57)
Balance at September 30, 2024 26,015,129 $ 6,466 $ 724,789 $ (562,163) $ 1,412 $ - $ 170,504
Consolidated net loss - - - (68,625) - - (68,625)
Issuance of common shares 6,900,000 1,725 25,799 - - - 27,524
Issuance of stock under employee stock plans 641,109 160 (129) - - - 31
Stock based compensation - - 6,028 - - - 6,028
Actuarial gain (net of tax) - - - - 578 - 578
Pension cost amortization - - - - 279 - 279
Foreign currency translation adjustment - - - - (41) - (41)
Other 801,013 200 (425) (25) - - (250)
Balance at September 30, 2025 34,357,251 $ 8,551 $ 756,062 $ (630,813) $ 2,228 $ - $ 136,028
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
INOTIV, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30
2025 2024 2023
Operating activities:
Consolidated net loss $ (68,625) $ (108,885) $ (104,902)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 55,928 57,118 54,717
Employee stock compensation expense 6,028 6,740 7,844
Changes in deferred taxes (21,612) (23,251) (25,810)
Provision for expected credit losses (492) 58 1,273
Amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount 5,206 3,745 3,182
Noncash interest and accretion expense 12,535 7,378 6,284
Other non-cash operating activities 1,721 (452) 1,972
Gain on debt extinguishment - (1,860) -
Goodwill impairment loss - - 66,367
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade receivables and contract assets (3,830) 14,168 9,550
Inventories (27,587) 38,210 14,011
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 2,501 (16,357) 11,249
Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities, net 2,263 1,589 884
Accounts payable 12,335 613 5,963
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 14,054 2,158 (8,339)
Fees invoiced in advance 9,125 (14,339) (12,907)
Other asset and liabilities, net (10,005) 26,562 (3,455)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities (10,455) (6,805) 27,883
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures (16,615) (22,310) (27,503)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 3,724 5,478 1,115
Cash paid for other investing activities - - (2,367)
Net cash used in investing activities (12,891) (16,832) (28,755)
Financing activities:
Payments on revolving credit facility (23,000) (12,000) (21,000)
Payments on senior term notes and delayed draw term loans (4,945) (3,454) (2,070)
Borrowings on revolving loan facility 26,000 12,000 6,000
Issuance of second lien notes - 17,000 -
Issuance of common shares 27,524 - -
Borrowings on delayed draw term loans - - 35,000
Other financing activities, net (1,878) (3,871) (2,058)
Net cash provided by financing activities 23,701 9,675 15,872
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (46) (98) 1,512
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 309 (14,060) 16,512
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 21,432 35,492 18,980
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $ 21,741 $ 21,432 $ 35,492
Noncash financing activity:
Non-cash debt issuance costs $ - $ 3,512 $ 1,363
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest $ 38,837 $ 36,138 $ 35,459
Income taxes paid, net $ 749 $ 1,843 $ 7,146
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
INOTIV, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts, unless otherwise indicated)
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
Inotiv, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“we,” “our,” “us,” "the Company,” “Inotiv”) began operating in 1975 as Bioanalytical Systems, Inc. Bioanalytical Systems, Inc. was incorporated in 1974 and we completed our initial public offering in 2000. On March 18, 2021, the Company filed Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and amended its Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended, to reflect a corporate name change from Bioanalytical Systems, Inc. to Inotiv, Inc. Our stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the symbol “NOTV.” We are headquartered in West Lafayette, Indiana. Our headquarters mailing address is 2701 Kent Avenue, West Lafayette, Indiana, 47906, and the telephone number at that location is (765) 463-4527. Our Internet site is www.inotiv.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this Report and is not incorporated by reference herein.
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Liquidity and Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applicable to a going concern. This presentation contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business and does not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of the uncertainties described below.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, revenue and operating loss were $513,024 and $30,902, respectively, as compared to $490,739 and $86,406, respectively, in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. Despite these results, the Company had negative operating cash flows, operating losses and net losses. As of September 30, 2025, the Company has cash and cash equivalents of $21,741 and access to a $15,000 revolver, which had a $3,000 balance outstanding as of September 30, 2025. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants under its Credit Agreement as of September 30, 2025. If the Company's results of operations in the twelve months following the date of this report do not improve relative to its fiscal 2025 results, the Company will be at risk of non-compliance with its financial covenants under its Credit Agreement. Further, the Company's Term Loan Facility, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Incremental Term Loans mature in the next 12 months.
If at any time in the twelve months following the date of this report, the Company fails to comply with its financial covenants which remains unremedied for the period of time stipulated under the Credit Agreement, this would constitute an event of default under the Credit Agreement and the lenders may, among other remedies set out under the Credit Agreement, declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the borrowings plus accrued and unpaid interest to be immediately due and payable. Furthermore, if the lenders were to accelerate the loans under the Credit Agreement, such acceleration would constitute a default under our indentures governing the Company's Convertible Senior Notes (the "Notes") and the Company's 15.00% Senior Secured Second Lien PIK Notes due 2027 (the "Second Lien Notes") which, if not cured within 30 days following notice of such default from such trustees or holders of 25 percent of the Notes and from the trustee or holders of 30 percent of the Second Lien Notes, would permit the trustee or such holders to accelerate the Notes and the Second Lien Notes. If the loans under the Credit Agreement, the Notes and the Second Lien Notes are accelerated, the Company does not believe its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, would be sufficient to fund its operations, satisfy its obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and repay the entirety of its outstanding senior term loans, outstanding Notes, outstanding revolving credit facility balance and outstanding Second Lien Notes in the next twelve months. Additionally, access to the revolver would be restricted and such funds would not be available to pay for any operating activities.
Our evaluation of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles entailed analyzing prospective fully implemented operating budgets and forecasts for expectations of our cash needs and comparing those needs to the current cash and cash equivalent balances in order to satisfy our obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures, and to comply with minimum liquidity and financial covenant requirements under our debt covenants related to borrowings pursuant to its Credit Agreement for at least the next twelve months. This evaluation initially does not take into consideration the potential mitigating effect of
management’s plans that have not been fully implemented and are outside of its control as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When substantial doubt exists under this methodology, we evaluate whether the mitigating effect of our plans sufficiently alleviates substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The mitigating effect of management’s plans, however, is only considered if both (1) it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued, and (2) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued.
Management has developed our fiscal 2026 annual operating plan in which we plan to continue our efforts to optimize our capital allocation and expense base. Additionally, the Company's plan is to continue its efforts to improve its operating results through increases to our NHP-related product and service revenue and increasing our volume of discovery and safety assessment contract awards. In connection with management's fiscal 2026 annual operating plan, the Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to fund its operations and satisfy its obligations, including cash outflows for planned targeted capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months, excluding the maturity of the Company's Term Loan Facility, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Incremental Term Loans in November 2026. However, management's fiscal 2026 annual operating plan forecasts noncompliance with its financial covenants pursuant to the Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement. In the event that the Company fails to comply with the requirements of the financial covenants set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Company has approximately 55 days subsequent to any fiscal quarter, and approximately 100 days subsequent to fiscal year-end, to cure noncompliance (the "grace period"). The Company also continues to discuss its current business conditions with its lenders. Additionally, the Company is exploring potential debt refinancing alternatives. There is no assurance that the Company’s lenders will agree to any amendment or extension to the Credit Agreement, nor can there be any assurance that the Company would be able to raise additional capital, whether through selling additional equity or debt securities or obtaining a line of credit or other loan on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. See Note 6 - Debt for further information about the Company’s existing credit facilities and requirements under its debt covenants.
The Company’s liquidity needs and compliance with covenants depend, among other things, on its ability to source and sell NHPs, its ability to fill its expanded DSA capacity, its ability to generate cash from other operating activities and its ability to manage its forecasted capital expenditures. Although management believes that it will be able to implement its plan, there can be no assurances that its plan will prove successful. As a result, substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern exists.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Foreign Currency Transactions
Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of each entity are recorded at the rates of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date and the related transaction gains and losses are reported in the consolidated statements of operations, in operating income (loss). The Company records gains and losses from re-measuring intercompany loans in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. Foreign exchange losses (gains) recorded in other income (expense) on the consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were $865, $(831) and $1,682, respectively.
Translation of Foreign Currencies
For the Company’s subsidiaries that transact in a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated at current rates of exchange as of the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average foreign exchange rates for the period. Adjustments resulting from the translation of the financial statements of the Company’s foreign operations into U.S. dollars are excluded from the determination of net income (loss) and are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a separate component of stockholders' equity.
Comprehensive loss is comprised of consolidated net loss plus the change in the cumulative translation adjustment equity account and the adjustments, net of tax, for the current year actuarial gains (losses) and prior service costs in connection with the Company’s defined benefit plan.
Non-controlling interest
During December 2023, the Company entered into a transition services agreement with Vanguard Supply Chain Solutions LLC, one of the Company's transportation providers, to enable the in-house integration of the Company's North American transportation operations. Following this transaction, the Company was no longer required to consolidate this entity. The variable interest entity has not materially impacted our net assets or net loss. The Company successfully completed the in-house integration of its North American transportation operations during the second fiscal quarter of 2024.
The Company accounts for noncontrolling interests in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, “Consolidation” (“ASC 810”). ASC 810 requires companies with noncontrolling interests to disclose such interests as a portion of equity but separate from the parent’s equity. The noncontrolling interests’ portion of net income (loss) is presented on the consolidated statements of operations.
Reclassification of Prior Year Presentation
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation. In the consolidated statements of operations, depreciation expense has been combined with amortization of intangible assets. Within the operating activities section of the statements of cash flows, non-cash restructuring costs and non-cash amortization of inventory fair value step-up have been combined with and presented as other non-cash operating activities. Within the financing activities section of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the payments of debt issuance costs, the payments on promissory notes and the proceeds from exercise of stock options are combined into other financing activities, net. Finally, certain reclassifications have been made within the presentation of the components of deferred tax assets and liabilities and the reconciliation of the effective income tax rate within Note 14 - Income Taxes. These reclassifications had no effect on the reported results of operations.
Segment Reporting
The Company reports its results in two reportable segments: Discovery and Safety Assessment ("DSA") and Research Models and Services ("RMS"). None of the Company’s operating segments are aggregated for purposes of determining its reportable segments.
Through our DSA segment, we provide discovery and translational sciences and safety assessment services (including nonclinical development and, in certain cases, clinical development) to support the needs of researchers and clinicians for primarily small molecule drug candidates, as well as biotherapeutics and biomedical devices utilizing both Good Laboratory Practice ("GLP") and non-GLP. Our scientists have skills in histology, pathology, physiology, surgery, analytical chemistry, drug metabolism, pharmacokinetics, and toxicology. Our principal clients range from small start-up biotechnology companies to some of the largest global pharmaceutical companies, whose scientists are engaged in analytical chemistry, drug safety evaluation, drug metabolism studies, pharmacokinetics, clinical trials, and basic research.
Through our RMS segment, we offer access to a wide range of purpose-bred animal research models for basic research and drug discovery and development, specialized models for specific diseases and therapeutic areas, and diet, bedding and enrichment products, all supported by our deep animal husbandry expertise. We have the ability to run selected nonclinical studies directly on-site at closely located research model facilities and provide access to innovative genetically engineered models and services solutions. Our principal clients include biopharmaceutical companies, CROs, and academic and government organizations.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires that the Company make estimates and judgments that may affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, judgments, and methodologies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results in the period in which they become known.
Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2023-07, “Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (Topic 280)”. ASU 2023-07 modifies reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about segment expenses categorized as significant or regularly provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM"). In addition, the amendments enhance interim
disclosure requirements, clarify circumstances in which an entity can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, and contain other disclosure requirements. The purpose of the amendments is to enable investors to better understand an entity’s overall performance and assess potential future cash flows. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this new standard for fiscal year 2025 and related disclosures are reflected in Note 4 - Segment and Geographic Information.
Newly Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (Topic 740)”. ASU 2023-09 requires enhanced disclosures on income taxes paid, adds disaggregation of continuing operations before income taxes between foreign and domestic earnings and defines specific categories for the reconciliation of jurisdictional tax rate to effective tax rate. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, and can be applied on a prospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this new standard will have on the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.
In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivables and Contract Assets.” ASU 2025-05 offers a practical expedient for entities to assume balance sheet date conditions remain unchanged for the asset’s life when estimating credit losses under the reasonable and supportable approach. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, and interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted, and if practical expedient is elected, the amendments in this update should be applied on a prospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this new standard will have on the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.
In January 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40)”. ASU 2024-03 requires enhanced disclosures on disaggregated information about certain income statement line items in a tabular format in the notes to the financial statements. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted, and can be applied on either a prospective or retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this new standard will have on the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software”. ASU 2025-06 removes all references to software development project stages so that the guidance is neutral to different software development methods, including the methods that entities may use to develop software in the future. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods, with early adoption permitted, and can be applied on either a prospective transition approach, a modified transition approach that is based on the status of the project and whether software costs were capitalized before the date of adoption, or a retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this new standard will have on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Concentration of Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade receivables from clients in the biopharmaceutical, contract research, academic, and governmental sectors. The Company believes its exposure to credit risk is minimal, as the majority of the clients are predominantly well established and viable. Additionally, the Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event that payment is not received for revenue recognized equals the outstanding trade receivables and contract assets less fees invoiced in advance.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, one client related to the RMS segment accounted for 16.6% of total revenue. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, one client related to the RMS segment accounted for 15.9% of total revenue. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023, one client related to the RMS segment accounted for 22.0% of total revenue.
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, the spend for no vendor accounted for greater than 10.0% of the sum of cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets) and cost of products (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets). During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, the spend for one vendor accounted for 11.9% of the sum of cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets) and cost of products (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets). During the fiscal year ended September 30,
2023, the spend for no vendor accounted for greater than 10.0% of the sum of cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets) and cost of products (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets).
Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and consist primarily of amounts invested in money market funds and bank deposits.
Trade receivables and contract assets, net of allowances for credit losses
The Company records trade receivables and contract assets, net of an allowance for credit losses. A contract asset is recorded when a right to consideration in exchange for goods or services transferred to a client is conditioned other than upon the passage of time. Trade receivables are recorded separately from contract assets since only the passage of time is required before consideration is due. The allowance for credit losses is determined each fiscal quarter based on the creditworthiness of its clients, historical collection patterns and economic conditions. Amounts deemed to be uncollectible are reserved or written off against the allowance.
Inventories
Inventories consist primarily of research models stock, biomedical products, diets and bedding, and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Valuation of NHPs is determined utilizing specific identification methodology and all other inventory valuation is determined utilizing standard costs, approximating average costs. The determination of net realizable value is assessed using the selling price of the products. Provisions are recorded to reduce the carrying value of inventory determined to be unsalable.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, net, including improvements that significantly add to productive capacity or extend useful life, are carried at cost and are subject to review for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Leasehold buildings and improvements are depreciated over the lesser of its estimated useful life or remaining lease term. The cost of normal, recurring, or periodic repairs and maintenance activities related to property and equipment is expensed as incurred.
When the Company disposes of property and equipment, it removes the associated cost and accumulated depreciation from the related accounts on its consolidated balance sheets and includes any resulting gain or loss recorded in other (expense) income, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
The Company generally depreciates the cost of its property and equipment using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:
Asset Estimated Useful Lives
(in Years)
Land Indefinite
Land improvements 5 - 20
Buildings and building improvements 10 - 40
Machinery and equipment 3 - 10
Furniture and fixtures 7 - 10
Computer hardware and software 3 - 5
Vehicles 5 - 7
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
We use assumptions and estimates in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The determination of the fair value of intangible assets, which represent a significant portion of the purchase price in many of our acquisitions, requires the use of significant judgment with regard to the fair value. We utilize commonly accepted valuation techniques, such as the income, cost and market approaches, as appropriate, in establishing the fair value of intangible assets. Typically, key assumptions include projections of cash flows that arise from identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses as well as discount rates based on an analysis of the weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for specific risks associated with the assets. Customer relationship intangible assets are the most
significant identifiable definite-lived asset acquired. To determine the fair value of the acquired customer relationships, the Company typically utilizes the multiple period excess earnings model (a commonly accepted valuation technique), which relies on the following key assumptions: projections of cash flows from the acquired entities, which includes future revenue growth rates, operating income (loss) margins, and customer attrition rates; as well as discount rates based on an analysis of the acquired entities’ weighted average cost of capital.
Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed when accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, utilizing an assessment date of September 30th, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of the Company's reporting units below their carrying amounts.
The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. If the Company elects this option and believes, as a result of the qualitative assessment, that it is more-likely-than-not that the carrying value of goodwill is not recoverable, the quantitative impairment test is required; otherwise, no further testing is required. Alternatively, the Company may elect to not first assess qualitative factors and immediately perform the quantitative impairment test. In the quantitative test, the Company compares the fair value of its reporting units to their carrying values. The estimated cash flows used to determine the fair value of the reporting units used in the impairment test requires significant judgment with respect to revenue growth, EBITDA margin, and weighted average cost of capital. If the carrying values of the net assets assigned to the reporting units exceed the fair values of the reporting units an impairment loss equal to the difference would be recorded. See Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets for further discussion related to goodwill impairment charges during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023.
Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are utilized and qualitatively reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets or asset group may not be recoverable. If quantitative determination of recoverability is required, recoverability of assets to be held and used is determined by the Company at the level for which there are identifiable cash flows by comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows utilizing forecasted revenue growth, EBITDA margin, and capital expenditures before interest expense and income taxes expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying amount exceeds the outcome of the analysis of undiscounted cash flows, impairment is measured through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. In the event that such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the definite-lived intangible assets, the definite-lived intangible assets are written-down to their fair values.
The Company amortizes the cost of its intangible assets utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the definite-lived intangible assets as follows:
Asset Estimated Useful Lives
(in years)
Customer relationships 5 - 13
Intellectual property 5 - 20
Other 0 - 15
Long-lived Tangible Assets
Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets or asset group may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. In the event that such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the assets, the assets are written-down to their fair values. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are carried at fair value less costs to sell.
Leases
At the commencement of a contract, the Company determines if a contract meets the definition of a lease. A lease is a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to control the use of identified property or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company determines if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time. The Company assesses throughout the period of use whether the Company has the following: (1) the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset, and (2) the right to direct the use of the identified asset. This determination is reassessed if the terms of the contract
are changed. Leases are classified as operating or finance leases based on the terms of the lease agreement and certain characteristics of the identified asset. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at lease commencement date based on the present value of the minimum future lease payments.
The Company leases laboratory, manufacturing and production facilities and office space (real estate) and vehicles under non-cancellable operating and finance leases. The carrying value of the Company’s right-of-use lease assets is substantially concentrated in its real estate leases, while the volume of lease agreements is primarily concentrated in vehicle leases. The Company’s policy is to not record operating leases with an original term of twelve months or less on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes lease expense for these short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
In addition to rent, the leases may require the Company to pay additional amounts for taxes, insurance, maintenance and other expenses, which are generally referred to as non-lease components. These adjustments are treated as variable lease payments and recognized in the period in which the obligation for these payments was incurred. Only when lease components and their associated non-lease components are fixed are they accounted for as a single lease component and recognized as part of a right-of-use asset and liability.
Most real estate leases contain clauses for renewal at the Company’s option with renewal terms that generally extend the lease term from 1 to 5 years. Certain lease agreements contain options to purchase the leased property and options to terminate the lease. Payments to be made in option periods are recognized as part of the right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities when it is reasonably certain that the option to extend the lease will be exercised or the option to terminate the lease will not be exercised, or is not at the Company’s option. The Company determines whether the reasonably certain threshold is met by considering all relevant factors, including company-specific plans and economic outlook.
Lease income is considered contra-expense within operating expenses.
Fees Invoiced in Advance
Fees invoiced in advance are considered to be contract liabilities. A contract liability is recorded when consideration is received, or such consideration is unconditionally due, from a client prior to transferring goods or services to the client under the terms of a contract. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue after control of the products or services is transferred to the client and all revenue recognition criteria have been met.
Fees invoiced in advance include payments received in advance of the incurrence of cost toward a contract with a client and client prepayments, which are typically used to secure supply of certain animal models and to provide early payment for data or safety assessment services until earned and classified within fees invoiced in advance on the consolidated balance sheets. The fees invoiced in advance are typically credited against sales invoices when products are sold or as services are completed.
Revenue Recognition
In accordance with ASC 606, the Company disaggregates its revenue from clients into two revenue streams, service revenue and product revenue. At contract inception, the Company assesses the services and/or products promised in the contract with the clients to identify performance obligations in the arrangements. In accordance with ASC 606, the Company determines appropriate revenue recognition by completing the following steps: (i) identifying the contract(s) with a client; (ii) identifying the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determining the transaction price; (iv) allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognizing revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.
Service revenue
DSA
The Company enters into contracts with clients to provide drug discovery and development services. The Company’s fixed fee arrangements may involve nonclinical research services (e.g., toxicology, pathology, pharmacology), bioanalytical, and pharmaceutical method development and validation, nonclinical research services and the analysis of bioanalytical and pharmaceutical samples. For bioanalytical and pharmaceutical method validation services and nonclinical research services, revenue is recognized over time using the input method based on the ratio of direct costs incurred to total estimated direct costs. For contracts that involve in-life study conduct, method development or the analysis of bioanalytical and pharmaceutical samples, revenue is recognized over time when samples are analyzed or when services are performed. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to recognize over time, the Company forecasts remaining costs related to the contracts with clients. In order to forecast the remaining costs, the Company reviews the billings compared to original
cost estimates, meets with project managers and updates cost estimates in relation to any scope changes requested by the client.
The Company generally bills for services on a milestone basis. These contracts represent a single performance obligation and due to the Company’s right to payment for work performed, revenue is recognized over time. Research services contract fees received upon acceptance are deferred until earned and classified within fees invoiced in advance on the consolidated balance sheets. Unbilled revenues represent revenues earned under contracts in advance of billings and are classified within trade receivables and contract assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
Our service contracts typically establish a fixed fee to be paid for identified services. In most cases, some percentage of the contract costs is paid in advance. While we are performing a contract, clients often adjust the scope of services to be provided based on interim project results. Fees are adjusted accordingly. Generally, our fee-for-service contracts are terminable by the client upon written notice of 30 days or less for a variety of reasons, including the client’s decision to forego a particular study, the failure of product prototypes to satisfy safety requirements, and unexpected or undesired results of product testing. Cancellation or delay of ongoing contracts may result in fluctuations in our annual results. We are generally able to recover, at a minimum, our invested costs plus an appropriate margin when contracts are terminated.
RMS
Services provided by the Company include contract breeding, client-owned animal colony care ("contract colony management"), health monitoring, the creation of new transgenic research models specific to individual clients’ needs, cryopreservation and rederivation and revitalization services. Contract breeding revenue and contract colony management revenue are recognized over time and are billed as per diems. Health monitoring revenue is recognized once the service is performed. For contracts that involve creation of a specific type of animal, revenue is recognized over time with each billing milestone as a separate performance obligation. The Company is due payment for work performed even if subsequent milestones are unable to be met. All other service revenue is recognized upon completion of the service.
Product revenue
DSA
DSA product revenue includes internally-manufactured scientific instruments for life sciences research and the related software for use by pharmaceutical companies, universities, government research centers and medical research institutions under the Company’s BASi product line. These products can be sold to multiple clients and have alternative uses. Both the transaction sales price and shipping terms are agreed upon in the client order. For these products, all revenue is recognized at a point in time, generally when title of the product and control is transferred to the client based upon shipping terms. These arrangements typically include only one performance obligation. In determining the transaction price, a significant financing component does not exist since the time between when the Company delivers product to when the clients pay for the product is less than one year.
RMS
Product revenue includes research models, diets, bedding, enrichment and bioproducts. Research models revenue represents the commercial production and sale of research models. Diets, bedding and enrichment revenue represents laboratory animal diets, bedding, and enrichment products under the Company’s Teklad product line. Bioproducts revenue represents the sale of serum and plasma, whole blood, tissues, organs and glands, embryo culture serum and growth factors. Product revenue is recognized at the point in time when the Company’s performance obligations with the applicable clients have been satisfied. Revenue is recorded at the transaction price, which is the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products to a client. The performance obligations, including associated freight to deliver products, are met based on agreed upon terms, which are generally upon delivery (destination point) and transfer of title. The Company determines the transaction price based on fixed consideration in its contractual agreements. In determining the transaction price, a significant financing component does not exist since the time between when the Company delivers product to when the clients pay for the product is less than one year.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company may grant stock options, restricted stock ("RSAs") and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to employees and to non-employee directors under stock-based compensation plans. Stock-based compensation is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of operations based on the grant date fair value, adjusted for forfeitures when they occur, over the requisite service period.
For stock options, RSAs and RSUs that vest based on service periods, the Company uses the straight-line method to allocate compensation expense to reporting periods. As of September 30, 2025, all RSAs are vested.
The fair value of stock options granted is calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model ("Black-Scholes Model"). Our assumptions are based on historical information and professional judgment is required to determine if historical trends may be indicators of future outcomes. We estimated the following key assumptions for the binomial valuation calculation:
•Risk-free interest rate: The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the option.
•Expected volatility: The Company uses our historical share price volatility on our common shares for our expected volatility assumption.
•Expected term: The expected term represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term is determined based on historical exercise behavior, post-vesting termination patterns, options outstanding and future expected exercise behavior.
•Expected dividends: The Company assumes that we will pay no dividends.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s judgment about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the inputs as follows:
•Level 1 - Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access.
•Level 2 - Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
•Level 3 - Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
Valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value are disclosed in Note 6 - Debt and Note 8 - Post Employment Benefits.
Pension Costs
The Company has a defined benefit pension plan for one of its U.K. subsidiaries.
The projected benefit obligation and funded position of the defined benefit plan is estimated by actuaries and the Company recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit plan on its consolidated balance sheets and recognizes gains, losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period that are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The Company measures plan assets and obligations as of the date of the Company’s year-end consolidated balance sheet, using assumptions to anticipate future events.
Additional information about certain effects on net periodic benefit cost for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, plan amendments and transition assets or obligations are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (see Note 8 - Post Employment Benefits).
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred taxes are measured using rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of its net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.
The Company uses a two-step process for the measurement of uncertain tax positions that have been taken or are expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is a determination of whether the tax position should be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The second step determines the measurement of the tax position. The Company records potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.
Taxes due on future inclusion of non-U.S. income in U.S. taxable income under the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income provisions is recorded as a current period expense when incurred.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. The Company allocates the amounts that it pays for each acquisition to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests based on their fair values at the dates of acquisition, including identifiable intangible assets, which typically represents a significant portion of the purchase price.
3. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CLIENTS
DSA
The DSA segment generates service revenue through drug discovery and development services. The DSA segment generates product revenue through internally-manufactured scientific instruments for life sciences research and the related software for use by pharmaceutical companies, universities, government research centers and medical research institutions under the Company’s BASi product line. Refer to Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further discussion of DSA revenue and related accounting policies.
RMS
The RMS segment generates products revenue through the commercial production and sale of research models, diets, bedding, enrichment and bioproducts. The RMS segment generates service revenue through GEMS, client-owned animal colony care, and health monitoring and diagnostics services related to research models. Refer to Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further discussion of RMS revenue and related accounting policies.
Contract Assets and Liabilities from Contracts with Clients
The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed receivables (trade receivables), contract assets (unbilled revenue), and contract liabilities (client deposits and deferred revenue) on the consolidated balance sheets.
The following table provides information about contract assets (trade receivables and unbilled revenue, excluding allowances for credit losses), and fees invoiced in advance (client deposits and deferred revenue):
Balance at
September 30,
2025 Balance at
September 30,
Contract Assets: Trade receivables $ 74,156 $ 65,867
Contract Assets: Unbilled revenue 10,463 14,624
Contract liabilities: Client deposits 33,152 24,898
Contract liabilities: Deferred revenue 18,360 17,088
When the Company does not have the unconditional right to advanced billings, both advanced client payments and unpaid advanced client billings are excluded from deferred revenue, with the advanced billings also being excluded from client receivables. The Company excluded approximately $12,167 and $10,399 of unpaid advanced client billings from both client receivables and deferred revenue as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively.
The Company expects approximately 77% of deferred revenue as of September 30, 2025 to be recognized as revenue in fiscal year 2026 and the remainder to be recognized thereafter during the remaining contract term.
Changes in the contract asset and the contract liability balances during the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 include the following:
•A change in the time frame for a right for consideration to become unconditional - Approximately 81% of unbilled revenue as of September 30, 2024, was billed during fiscal year 2025.
•A change in the time frame for a performance obligation to be satisfied - Approximately 73% of contract liabilities as of September 30, 2024, were recognized as revenue during fiscal year 2025.
Allowance for Credit Losses
A summary of activity in our allowance for credit losses is as follows:
Fiscal Years Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Opening balance $ 6,931 $ 7,446 $ 6,268
Charged to expense (492) 58 1,271
Uncollectible invoices written off (42) (823) (107)
Amounts collected - 250 14
Ending balance $ 6,397 $ 6,931 $ 7,446
4. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
We have two reportable segments: DSA and RMS, as disclosed in the segment reporting policy within Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The reportable segments comprise the structure used by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM"), to make operating decisions and evaluate performance.
The Company’s CODM evaluates the segments' operating results based on operating income (loss). Segment operating income (loss) is the measure of profit or loss regularly provided to and used by the CODM to assess performance and allocate resources (including employees, property, and financial or capital resources). For each segment, the CODM uses segment operating income (loss) in the annual budgeting and monthly forecasting process when comparing to actual results. Segment operating income (loss) is defined as operating income (loss) excluding unallocated corporate expenses, depreciation and amortization of intangible assets, impairment charges, start-up costs, restructuring costs, and other special segment items. Other special segment items include remediation costs, a $28,500 charge in fiscal 2024 in connection with the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement, third party and legal costs incurred in connection with the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement, $7,550 received in connection with the settlement of a lawsuit in fiscal 2025 and the related legal fees.
Segment Information
During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the RMS segment recognized intersegment revenue of $8,303, $8,006 and $8,793, respectively, related to sales to the DSA segment. The following table presents revenue and other financial information by reportable segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2024 Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
Revenue
DSA:
Service revenue $ 183,161 $ 175,142 $ 180,348
Product revenue 4,782 4,974 4,742
RMS:
Service revenue 49,705 44,521 43,465
Product revenue 275,376 266,102 343,870
Total revenue
$ 513,024 $ 490,739 $ 572,425
Measure of Segment Operating Income
DSA:
Revenue
$ 187,943 $ 180,116 $ 185,090
Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets) 138,214 127,216 114,837
Selling, general and administrative expenses 19,737 21,159 30,385
Other segment operating expenses 1,447 1,434 1,296
DSA segment operating income $ 28,545 $ 30,307 $ 38,572
RMS:
Revenue
325,081 310,623 387,335
Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization of intangible assets) 253,830 252,352 275,647
Selling, general and administrative expenses 14,640 14,291 23,450
Other segment operating expenses 149 - -
RMS segment operating income $ 56,462 $ 43,980 $ 88,238
Reconciliation of segment operating income to loss before income taxes
Total segment operating income 85,007 74,287 126,810
Unallocated corporate expenses (1) 59,090 62,537 71,173
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets 55,928 57,118 54,717
Goodwill impairment loss (2) - - 66,367
Startup costs 2,282 3,278 6,858
Restructuring costs 1,454 3,374 4,625
Other special segment items (3) (2,845) 34,386 4,530
Operating loss (30,902) (86,406) (81,460)
Interest expense (56,593) (46,884) (43,019)
Other income (273) 2,530 237
Loss before income taxes $ (87,768) $ (130,760) $ (124,242)
(1) Unallocated corporate expenses include salaries and benefits costs, stock-based compensation expense, corporate legal fees, consolidated audit fees, other professional fees, general product and liability insurance and corporate IT costs, and exclude depreciation. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, $6,028, $6,740 and $7,844, respectively, of non-cash stock-based compensation expense was reflected in unallocated corporate expenses.
(2) Refer to Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets for further discussion of the goodwill impairment charge in fiscal year 2023.
(3) Other special segment items for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 primarily relate to the FNI Settlement Agreement (as defined in Note 9 - Other Operating Expense) and related legal fees, and third party and legal fees associated with the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement (as defined in Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments). Other special segment items for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 primarily relate to the $28,500 charge associated with the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement (as defined in Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments) and associated legal fees. Other special segment items for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 primarily relate to remediation costs associated with wastewater removal prior to the completion of the FNI Settlement Agreement (as defined in Note 9 - Other Operating Expense) and legal fees associated with the process of completing the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement.
Capital expenditures and depreciation and amortization of intangible assets by reportable segment are as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2024 Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
Depreciation and amortization:
DSA $ 17,979 $ 17,865 $ 16,371
RMS 37,241 38,614 38,288
Unallocated Corporate 708 639 58
$ 55,928 $ 57,118 $ 54,717
Capital expenditures:
DSA $ 2,536 $ 5,679 $ 13,314
RMS 14,079 16,631 14,189
$ 16,615 $ 22,310 $ 27,503
The following represents total assets by segment:
As of
September 30, As of
September 30,
2025 2024
DSA $ 266,838 $ 267,576
RMS 504,276 513,785
$ 771,114 $ 781,361
Geographic Information
The following represents revenue originating in entities physically located in the identified geographic area:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2024 Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
United States $ 447,983 $ 419,104 $ 482,630
Netherlands 35,479 44,694 54,088
Other 29,562 26,941 35,707
$ 513,024 $ 490,739 $ 572,425
Long-lived assets shown below include property and equipment, net. The following represents long-lived assets where they are physically located:
As of
September 30, As of
September 30,
2025 2024
United States $ 160,343 $ 167,772
Netherlands 7,038 7,159
Other 13,345 13,397
$ 180,726 $ 188,328
5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
The following table provides a rollforward of the Company’s goodwill for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
Balance as of October 1, 2022 $ 157,825
Acquisitions - DSA1
2,828
Impairment - RMS (66,367)
Balance as of September 30, 20232,3
$ 94,286
Acquisitions - DSA -
Impairment - RMS -
Balance as of September 30, 20242,3
$ 94,286
Acquisitions - DSA -
Impairment - RMS -
Balance as of September 30, 20252,3
$ 94,286
1Goodwill for DSA acquisitions relates to measurement period adjustments during fiscal 2023 related to acquisitions in fiscal 2022.
2The accumulated impairment loss for the RMS segment was $302,220 at each of September 30, 2025, September 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023.
3All remaining goodwill relates to the DSA segment.
Fiscal Years 2025 and 2024
There were no changes in goodwill during fiscal years 2025 and 2024.
Fiscal Year 2023
The change in goodwill during fiscal year 2023 related primarily to measurement period adjustments in the DSA segment from the acquisition of Protypia, offset by goodwill impairment related to the RMS reporting unit (which is reported within the RMS segment).
During December 2022, the Company determined that as a result of the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of Florida criminally charging employees of our then-principal supplier of NHPs, along with two Cambodian government officials, in November 2022, which led to the Company’s decision to refrain from selling or delivering any of its Cambodian NHPs held in the U.S. at that time, the uncertainty related to the Company’s ability to import NHPs from Cambodia and the decrease in its stock price, the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2022, was required to be quantitatively evaluated. The carrying value of the Company’s goodwill by reporting unit was determined utilizing the income approach. Based on the Company’s quantitative goodwill impairment test, the fair value of the RMS reporting unit
was less than the RMS reporting unit’s carrying value. As a result, a goodwill impairment loss of $66,367 was recorded within the RMS segment.
Intangible Assets
The following table displays intangible assets, net by major class:
September 30, 2025
Carrying
Amount, Gross Accumulated
Amortization Carrying
Amount, Net
Customer relationships $ 318,507 $ (110,787) $ 207,720
Intellectual property 56,546 (25,227) 31,319
Other 4,836 (3,678) 1,158
$ 379,889 $ (139,692) $ 240,197
September 30, 2024
Carrying
Amount, Gross Accumulated
Amortization Carrying
Amount, Net
Customer relationships $ 317,672 $ (82,683) $ 234,989
Intellectual property 56,442 (18,718) 37,724
Other 4,837 (3,154) 1,683
$ 378,951 $ (104,555) $ 274,396
The decrease in intangible assets, net during fiscal years 2025 and 2024 related primarily to the amortization of all intangible assets, partially offset by foreign exchange rate impact.
Amortization expense of definite-lived intangible assets for fiscal years 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $34,810, $34,790 and $34,681, respectively. As of September 30, 2025, estimated amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate thereafter is expected to be as follows:
RUL1
(in years)
2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Thereafter Totals
Customer relationships 8.0 $ 27,847 $ 27,662 $ 27,528 $ 26,391 $ 23,599 $ 74,693 $ 207,720
Intellectual property 4.9 6,472 6,472 6,472 6,472 4,767 664 31,319
Other 6.4 367 124 109 109 109 340 1,158
Total $ 34,686 $ 34,258 $ 34,109 $ 32,972 $ 28,475 $ 75,697 $ 240,197
1RUL (in years) represents the weighted average remaining useful life.
6. DEBT
Our indebtedness as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 is detailed in the table below. Refer below for discussion of the Revolving Credit Facility.
September 30, 2025 September 30, 2024
Seller Note - Bolder BioPath (Related party) $ 150 $ 376
Seller Note - Preclinical Research Services - 464
Seller Payable - Orient BioResource Center 3,235 3,700
Seller Note - Histion (Related party) - 84
Second Lien Notes 23,220 17,846
Convertible Senior Notes 116,440 109,979
Term Loan Facility, DDTL and Incremental Term Loans 268,654 272,840
Total debt before unamortized debt issuance costs $ 411,699 $ 405,289
Less: Debt issuance costs not amortized (9,576) (11,950)
Total debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs $ 402,123 $ 393,339
Less: Current portion (402,123) (3,538)
Total Long-term debt $ - $ 389,801
The following table summarizes the amount of maturities of our total debt for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter:
2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Thereafter Total
Debt $ 6,337 $ 297,337 $ 131,667 $ - $ - $ - $ 435,341
If the Company’s results of operations in the twelve months following the date of this report do not improve relative to its fiscal 2025 results, it is probable that the Company will fail its financial covenants within twelve months of the balance sheet date. As a result, we have classified the Term Loan Facility, DDTL and Incremental Term Loans (each as defined below), the Notes and the Second Lien Notes as current. Refer to Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for the Company's analysis of Liquidity and Going Concern, including cross-default considerations.
Summary of Activity
Fiscal 2025
We did not enter into any new debt arrangements, or amend any existing debt arrangements.
Fiscal 2024
On September 13, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into the Seventh Amendment and the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), with the Purchasers. Pursuant to these agreements, the Purchasers acquired $22,000 in aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Notes from the Company ("Purchaser's Second Lien Notes") and warrants to purchase 3,946,250 shares of the Company’s common shares (such warrants, the “Warrants” and such common shares, the “Common Shares”) for consideration comprised of (i) $17,000 in cash and (ii) the cancellation of $8,333 of the Notes issued pursuant to the Convertible Bond Indenture (as defined below). Additionally, pursuant to the Fee Letter between the Company and the structuring agent, the Company also issued to the structuring agent $550 aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Notes and additional warrants to purchase 200,000 Common Shares as compensation for its services as structuring agent.
In connection with these transactions, $8,333 of the Notes were cancelled by the Company under the terms of the Purchase Agreement on the same date, such that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that remains outstanding is $131,667,
which resulted in a gain on extinguishment of $1,860. The gain on extinguishment of debt is presented in Other (expense) income.
On August 7, 2024 and September 13, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into a Sixth and Seventh Amendments, respectively, to the Credit Agreement. The Sixth and Seventh Amendments waived the financial covenant tests under the Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2024 through the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2025. Additionally, the Seventh Amendment permitted the issuance of the Second Lien Notes. Refer below for further information related to these amendments.
On May 14, 2024 and June 2, 2024, the Company, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent, entered into the Fourth and Fifth Amendments, respectively, to the Credit Agreement. Refer below for further information related to those amendments.
Fair Value
Non-recurring
The Purchaser's Second Lien Notes and the Warrants were initially recorded based upon their respective relative fair values of the $22,000 aggregate principal of the Purchaser's Second Lien Notes. The assigned fair values were $17,232 for the Purchaser's Second Lien Notes and $4,768 for the Warrants. Refer to Note 12 - Stockholders Equity and Loss Per Share for discussion of the determination of the initial fair value of the Warrants.
The Company utilized a third-party valuation firm to assist with the estimation of the fair value of the Purchaser's Second Lien Notes as of the issuance date (September 13, 2024). The fair value of the Purchaser's Second Lien Notes was determined utilizing the Black-Derman-Toy Lattice Model (a "BDT Model”), which is a form of the income approach that utilizes Level 3 inputs. The BDT Model is a single factor model that incorporates the issuer's option to prepay a debt instrument if optimal, which occurs when interest rates decline, indicating that the holding value of the instrument exceeds the prepayment price. The significant assumptions used in the BDT Model for the Purchaser's Second Lien Notes were as follows: expected term, which was based on the remaining contractual term before the maturity date (2.39 years as of September 13, 2024); interest rate, which is stated (15.00%); the yield volatility (17.50%) and the estimated spread over the yield curve (15.18%).
Recurring
As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the fair value of the Company’s term loan facility and the DDTL (as defined below) was $230,237 and $267,900, respectively, based on market pricing. As the fair value is based on significant other observable inputs, it is deemed to be Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the fair value of the Notes was $30,942 and $34,233, respectively, based on market pricing. As the fair value is based on significant other observable inputs, it is deemed to be Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
As the fair value of the Second Lien Notes is based on significant unobservable inputs, it is deemed to be Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. We utilized a third-party valuation firm to assist with the estimation of the fair value of the Second Lien Notes as of September 30, 2025. The fair value of the Second Lien Notes was determined by first utilizing a BDT Model. The significant assumptions used in the BDT Model for the Second Lien Notes were as follows: expected term, which was based on the remaining contractual term before the maturity date (1.34 years as of September 30, 2025); interest rate, which is stated (15.00%); the yield volatility (15.00%) and the estimated spread over the yield curve (15.18%). Management reviewed the BDT Model in connection with other market activity and determined the fair value of the Second Lien Notes to be $23,256 as of September 30, 2025.
The book values of the Seller Notes and Seller Payable (as defined below), which are fixed rate loans carried at amortized cost, approximate the fair value based on current market pricing of similar debt. As the fair value is based on significant other observable outputs, it is deemed to be Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
Revolving Credit Facility
As of September 30, 2025, the Company had a $3,000 outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2024, the Company had no outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for information related to borrowings and payments on the revolving credit facility during the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
Term Loan Facility, DDTL and Incremental Term Loans
Below are the weighted-average effective interest rates for the loans available under the Credit Agreement:
Twelve Months Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Effective interest rates:
Term Loan 12.58 % 11.39 % 10.41 %
Initial DDTL 12.53 % 11.37 % 10.41 %
Additional DDTL 12.68 % 11.50 % 10.57 %
On November 5, 2026, the Term Loan Facility, DDTL and Incremental Term Loans will mature, any amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable, and the Credit Agreement will terminate.
Credit Agreement
On November 5, 2021, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent, entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a term loan facility (the "Term Loan Facility") in the original principal amount of $165,000, a delayed draw term loan facility in the original principal amount of $35,000 (available to be drawn up to 18 months from the date of the Credit Agreement) (the “Initial DDTL” and together with the Additional DDTL, the “DDTL”) and a revolving credit facility in the original principal amount of $15,000. On November 5, 2021, the Company borrowed the full amount of the term loan facility, but did not borrow any amounts on the DDTL or the revolving credit facility.
The Company could have elected to borrow on each of the loan facilities at either an adjusted LIBOR rate of interest or an adjusted prime rate of interest. Adjusted LIBOR rate loans accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus a margin of between 6.00% and 6.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The LIBOR rate had to be a minimum of 1.00%. The initial adjusted LIBOR rate of interest was the LIBOR rate plus 6.25%. Adjusted prime rate loans accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the prime rate plus a margin of between 5.00% and 5.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio. The initial adjusted prime rate of interest was the prime rate plus 5.25%.
The Company must pay (i) a fee based on a percentage per annum equal to 0.50% on the average daily undrawn portion of the commitments in respect of the revolving credit facility and (ii) a fee based on a percentage per annum equal to 1.00% on the average daily undrawn portion of the commitments in respect of the delayed draw loan facility. In each case, such fee shall be paid quarterly in arrears.
Each of the term loan facility and delayed draw term loan facility require annual principal payments in an amount equal to 1.00% of their respective original principal amounts. The Company shall also repay the term loan facility on an annual basis in an amount equal to a percentage of its Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement), which percentage will be determined by its then current Secured Leverage Ratio. Each of the loan facilities may be repaid at any time. Voluntary prepayments were subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium if made on or prior to November 5, 2023 and other breakage penalties, as defined in the Credit Agreement. Voluntary prepayments made after November 5, 2023 are not subject to any prepayment premium.
The Company is required to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio of not more than 4.25 to 1.00 for the Company's fiscal quarters through the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, 3.75 to 1.00 beginning with the Company’s fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2023, and 3.00 to 1.00 beginning with the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2025. The Company is
required to maintain a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement), which ratio was 1.00 to 1.00 during the first year of the Credit Agreement and is 1.10 to 1.00 from and after the Credit Agreement’s first anniversary.
Each of the loan facilities is secured by all assets (other than certain excluded assets) of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Repayment of each of the loan facilities is guaranteed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
On January 7, 2022, the Company drew $35,000 on the Initial DDTL. Amounts outstanding under the Initial DDTL accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus a margin of between 6.00% and 6.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The initial adjusted LIBOR rate of interest was the LIBOR rate plus 6.25%.
First Amendment to Credit Agreement
On January 27, 2022, the Company, Subsidiary Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent entered into the First Amendment to the existing Credit Agreement. The First Amendment provides for, among other things, an increase to the existing term loan facility in the amount of $40,000 (the “Incremental Term Loans”) and the Additional DDTL in the original principal amount of $35,000, which amount is available to be drawn up to 24 months from the date of the First Amendment. The Incremental Term Loans and any amounts borrowed under the Additional DDTL are referred to herein as the “Additional Term Loans”. On January 27, 2022, the Company borrowed the full amount of the Incremental Term Loans, and on October 12, 2022, the Company borrowed the full $35,000 under the Additional DDTL.
Amounts outstanding under the Additional Term Loans accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus a margin of between 6.00% and 6.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The initial adjusted LIBOR rate of interest was the LIBOR rate plus 6.25%.
The Additional Term Loans require annual principal payments in an amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount. Voluntary prepayments of the Additional Term Loans were subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium if made on or prior to November 5, 2023 and other breakage penalties, as defined in the Credit Agreement. Voluntary prepayments made after November 5, 2023 are not subject to any prepayment premium.
The Company shall also repay the term loans on an annual basis in an amount equal to a percentage of its Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement), which percentage will be determined by its then current Secured Leverage Ratio.
The Additional Term Loans are secured by all assets (other than certain excluded assets) of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Repayment of the Additional Term Loans is guaranteed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
The Additional Term Loans will mature on November 5, 2026.
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement
On December 29, 2022, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent, entered into a Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement.
The Second Amendment provided for, among other things, an extension of the deadline for the Company to provide to the lenders the audited financial statements for the Company’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 and an annual budget for 2023; the Company satisfied these requirements by the extended deadline. The Second Amendment added a requirement that the Company provide, within 30 days after the end of each month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet, statement of income and statement of cash flows as of the end of, and for, such month, as well as a “key performance indicator” report. The Second Amendment also requires that, within 10 business days after the end of each month, the Company will provide a rolling 13-week cash flow forecast prepared on a monthly basis. The Second Amendment further provides that, upon the request of the Required Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the Company will permit a financial advisor designated by the Required Lenders to meet with management of the Company to discuss the affairs, finances, accounts and condition of the Company during the six-month period following the effective date of the Second Amendment. In addition, the Second Amendment requires the Company to deliver an updated organization chart and certain supplemental information regarding the Company’s subsidiaries in connection with each quarterly report required pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
Under the Second Amendment, the Company could have elected to borrow on each of the loan facilities at either an adjusted term secured overnight financing rate (“Term SOFR”) rate of interest or an alternate base rate of interest. Term SOFR loans accrued interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable Term SOFR rate plus (i) an adjustment percentage equal to between 0.11448% and 0.42826%, depending on the term of the loan (“Adjusted Term SOFR”); provided that, Adjusted Term SOFR could never be less than 1.00%, and (ii) a margin of between 6.00% and 6.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Alternate base rate loans could accrue interest at an annual rate equal to (i) the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus 0.50%, (b) the Agent’s prime rate and (c) Adjusted Term SOFR for a one-month tenor plus 1.00% (the “Second Amendment Alternate Base Rate”); provided that, the Second Amendment Alternate Base Rate could never be less than 2.00%, plus (ii) a margin of between 5.00% and 5.50%, depending on the Company’s then current Secured Leverage Ratio.
The Second Amendment also provides that the Company may not request any credit extensions under the revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement, if any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement cannot be satisfied, including, without limitation, the making of the representation and warranty that as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements delivered to the Agent, no event, change, circumstance, condition, development or occurrence has had, or would reasonably be expected to result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
In addition, the Second Amendment provided that, no later than January 13, 2023 (or such later date as the Required Lenders shall agree in their discretion), the Company shall (i) appoint a financial advisor on terms reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders and the Company for a term of at least six months, (ii) provide a 13-week budget to the Agent, and (iii) deliver a perfection certificate supplement updating certain information previously provided with respect to each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, including information regarding certain collateral and other assets owned by such parties. The Company timely satisfied each of these requirements.
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement
On January 9, 2023, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and the Agent, entered into a Third Amendment (“Third Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Third Amendment provides that, among other things, during the period beginning on January 9, 2023 and, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, ending on the date on which financial statements for the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2024 are delivered or are required to be delivered, as long as no event of default has occurred (the “Amendment Relief Period”):
•the Cambodian NHP-related matters, to the extent existing and disclosed to the lenders prior to December 29, 2022, shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect under the Credit Agreement and will not restrict the Company’s ability to request credit extensions under the revolving credit facility;
•the use of borrowings under the revolving credit facility is limited to funding operational expenses of the Company in the ordinary course and cannot be used for the making or funding of investments, permitted acquisitions or restricted payments, payments or purchases with respect to any indebtedness, bonuses or executive compensation, or judgments, fines or settlements; and
•additional limitations are imposed on the Company under the Credit Agreement, including restrictions on permitted asset sales, a prohibition on making permitted acquisitions, and significant limitations on the ability to incur additional debt, make investments and make restricted payments.
The Third Amendment provides that from and after the date thereof, no incremental facilities under the Credit Agreement may be established or incurred. The Third Amendment also provides for additional mandatory prepayments of borrowed amounts following the receipt by the Company of certain cash receipts, including proceeds from certain equity issuances and cash received by the Company not in the ordinary course of business. Under the Third Amendment, after any draw on the revolving credit facility, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents held on hand domestically within the U.S. cannot exceed $10,000.
Under the Third Amendment, the Company may elect to borrow on each of the loan facilities accruing interest at either an adjusted Term SOFR or an alternate base rate of interest. Term SOFR loans shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable Term SOFR rate plus (i) an adjustment percentage equal to between 0.11448% and 0.42826%, depending on the term of the loan, provided that, the Adjusted Term SOFR shall never be less than 1.00% per annum, plus (ii) an
applicable margin of 6.75% per annum for term loans maintained as SOFR loans or 9.50% per annum for revolving loans maintained as SOFR loans. Alternate base rate loans shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to (i) the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus 0.50%, (b) the Agent’s prime rate and (c) Adjusted Term SOFR for a one-month tenor plus 1.00% (the “Alternate Base Rate”), provided that, the Alternate Base Rate is subject to a floor of 2.00% per annum plus (ii) an applicable margin of 5.75% per annum for term loans maintained as Alternate Base Rate loans or 8.50% per annum for revolving loans maintained as Alternate Base Rate loans.
The fee consideration payable by the Company for each consenting lender party to the Third Amendment is: (i) 0.50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the term loans held by each consenting term loan lender, to be paid in-kind and capitalized to the principal amounts of the term loans held by such lender; (ii) 0.50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the term loans held by each consenting term loan lender, to be paid in cash upon the occurrence of certain prepayments of the term loan under the Credit Agreement; and (iii) 7.00% of the aggregate amount of the revolving commitments held by each consenting revolving lender, to be paid in cash upon the occurrence with certain permanent reductions of the revolving loans under the Credit Agreement.
Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement
On May 14, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into a Fourth Amendment (the “Fourth Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Fourth Amendment provided that any charges or expenses attributable to or related to an agreement in principle (subsequently replaced by the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement) could be added back to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA (up to $26,500) for purposes of the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments for further discussion of the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement.
The fee consideration payable by the Company for each consenting lender party to the Fourth Amendment is 0.50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the term loans held by each consenting term loan lender, to be paid in-kind and capitalized to the principal amounts of the term loans held by such lender.
Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement
On June 2, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into a Fifth Amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Fifth Amendment, among other changes, permits charges or expenses attributable to or related to the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement to be added back to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA in an amount up to $28,500; excludes any direct effects to the Company resulting from the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement from being deemed a material adverse effect under the Credit Agreement; permits liens on the Company and certain subsidiaries in favor of DOJ in connection with the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement; provides that certain uncured or unwaived breaches of the terms and conditions of the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement shall be considered an event of default under the Credit Agreement; and enables the lenders to cause, at their discretion, material foreign subsidiaries to be joined as guarantors of the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments for further discussion of the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement.
The fee consideration payable by the Company for each consenting lender party to the Fifth Amendment is 0.50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the term loans held by each consenting term loan lender, to be paid in-kind and capitalized to the principal amounts of the term loans held by such lender.
Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement
On August 7, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into a Sixth Amendment (the “Sixth Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Sixth Amendment among other changes, waived the financial covenant tests set out under the Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2024, established a new weekly liquidity reporting requirement to the lenders, and established a new minimum weekly liquidity requirement of $7,000 for each of the weeks ended August 16, 2024, August 23, 2024 and August 30, 2024, $17,500 for each of the weeks ended October 11, 2024, October 18, 2024 and October 25, 2024 and $10,000 for each other week thereafter.
Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement
On September 13, 2024, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the lenders party thereto entered into the Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement. The Seventh Amendment, among other changes, permitted the incurrence of the
issuance of the Second Lien Notes in an aggregate amount of $22,550, made certain changes to the component definitions of the financial covenants, including the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, and increased the cash netting capability in the Secured Leverage Ratio covenant. The Seventh Amendment included the addition of a maximum capital expenditure limit and a minimum EBITDA test effective as of the closing date, waived the existing financial covenants from the date of the Seventh Amendment until June 30, 2025, and established new financial covenant tests for the fiscal quarters starting June 30, 2025 and thereafter. The Seventh Amendment also capped the reinvestment of funds from extraordinary receipts and asset sales and casualty events at $5,000 in the aggregate, and established a non-voting third party observer to the Company’s board of directors meetings, as elected by the lenders. Additionally, the Seventh Amendment permits charges or expenses attributable to or related to the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement to be added back to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA in an amount up to $32,000 for purposes of the financial covenants under the Credit Agreement. This is an update to the $28,500 provided in the Fifth Amendment.
Second Lien Notes
Purchase Agreement
The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into a Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated September 13, 2024, with the Purchasers, pursuant to which the Purchasers acquired $22,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Second Lien Notes and Warrants to purchase 3,946,250 Common Shares for consideration comprised of (i) $17,000 in cash and (ii) the cancellation of approximately $8,333 of the Company’s Notes held by certain of the Purchasers. In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, and pursuant to a Fee Letter between the Company and the structuring agent, the Company also issued to the structuring agent $550 aggregate principal amount of the Second Lien Notes and additional warrants to purchase 200,000 Common Shares as compensation for its services as structuring agent for the transactions. In connection therewith, $8,333 of the Notes were cancelled by the Company under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, such that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that remains outstanding is $131,667.
Second Lien Indenture
The Second Lien Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “Second Lien Indenture”), dated as of September 13, 2024, by and between the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (the “Second Lien Trustee”). The Second Lien Notes are the Company’s senior secured second lien obligations and are secured by substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ assets, and are guaranteed on a senior secured second lien basis by the Subsidiary Guarantors.
Interest on the Second Lien Notes is payable in kind. The Second Lien Notes accrue interest at a rate of 15.00% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, with the initial payment on December 31, 2024. The Second Lien Notes will mature on February 4, 2027, unless earlier repurchased or redeemed.
The Second Lien Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Company’s option at any time on or prior to March 13, 2026, at a cash redemption price equal to 100.00% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus a make-whole premium, as further described in the Second Lien Indenture. The Second Lien Notes may be redeemed on or after March 14, 2026 through and including September 13, 2026, at a redemption price of 102.00% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes to be redeemed and (ii) on and after September 14, 2026, at a redemption price of 100.00% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes to be redeemed, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.
As of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, there were $1,297 and $1,563, respectively, in unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Second Lien Notes. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, the total interest expense was $6,290, including coupon interest expense of $3,983, accretion expense of $1,608, and amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $699.
The Second Lien Indenture contains covenants restricting the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur indebtedness, incur liens, make investments, make restricted payments, make asset sales and engage in transactions with affiliates, subject to certain baskets. The Second Lien Indenture requires the Company to add future assets to the collateral under the Security Agreement (as defined below) and to add future subsidiaries as guarantors under the Security Agreement.
The Second Lien Notes have customary provisions relating to the occurrence of “Events of Default” (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture), which include, among others, the following: (i) certain payment defaults on the Second Lien Notes (which, in the case of a default in the payment of interest on the Second Lien Notes, will be subject to a 30-day cure period); (ii) a default by the Company in its obligations or agreements under the Second Lien Indenture or the Second Lien Notes if such default is not cured or waived within certain grace periods; (iii) certain defaults by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness for borrowed money of at least $8,625 during the Amendment Relief Period (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture) or of at least $17,250 thereafter; (iv) certain defaults by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Credit Agreement; (v) subject to certain exceptions, the rendering of certain judgments against the Company or any of its subsidiaries for the payment of at least $8,625 during the Amendment Relief Period or of at least $17,250 thereafter, where such judgments are not discharged or stayed within 90 days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired or on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished; (vi) the occurrence of certain ERISA events; (vii) the loss of material security interests and liens and guarantees, subject to certain exceptions; (viii) certain payment defaults in excess of $11,500 owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under the 2024 Settlement (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture) and other failures to perform any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in the 2024 Settlement that is capable of being cured and that is not cured within 30 days after receipt by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of written notice of such failure; (ix) any note Document (as defined in the Second Lien Indenture) or material provision thereof being declared null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction and (x) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency and reorganization involving the Company or any of the Company’s significant subsidiaries.
If an Event of Default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events with respect to the Company occurs, then the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Second Lien Notes then outstanding will immediately become due and payable without any further action or notice by any person. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, the Second Lien Trustee, by notice to the Company, or noteholders of at least 30.00% of the aggregate principal amount of Second Lien Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Company and the Second Lien Trustee, may declare the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Second Lien Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately.
Security Agreement
On September 13, 2024, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into a Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) with the U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as the collateral agent for the Second Lien Notes (the “Collateral Agent”). Pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors granted the Collateral Agent a second lien security interest in substantially all of their assets, including but not limited to certain accounts, equipment, fixtures and intellectual property, in order to secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations, as defined in the Second Lien Indenture.
Convertible Senior Notes
On September 27, 2021, the Company issued $140,000 principal amount of the Notes. The Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture, dated as of September 27, 2021, among the Company, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, BAS Evansville, Inc., as guarantor (the “Guarantor”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Convertible Bond Indenture”). Pursuant to the purchase agreement between the Company and the initial purchaser of the Notes, the Company granted the initial purchaser an option to purchase, for settlement within a period of 13 days from, and including, the date the Notes were first issued, up to an additional $15,000 principal amount of the Notes. The Notes issued on September 27, 2021 included $15,000 principal amount of the Notes issued pursuant to the full exercise by the initial purchaser of such option. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering of the Notes, together with borrowings under a new senior secured term loan facility, to fund the cash portion of the purchase price of the Envigo acquisition and related fees and expenses.
In connection with the Purchase Agreement, $8,333 of the Notes were cancelled by the Company under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, such that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that remains outstanding is $131,667.
The Notes are the Company’s senior, unsecured obligations and are (i) equal in right of payment with the Company’s existing and future senior, unsecured indebtedness; (ii) senior in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the Notes; (iii) effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness; and (iv) structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, and (to the extent the
Company is not a holder thereof) preferred equity, if any, of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior, unsecured basis, by the Guarantor.
The Notes accrue interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on April 15, 2022. The Notes will mature on October 15, 2027, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. Before April 15, 2027, noteholders have the right to convert their Notes only upon the occurrence of certain events. From and after April 15, 2027, noteholders may convert their Notes at any time at their election until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date. The Company will settle conversions by paying or delivering, as applicable, cash, its common shares or a combination of cash and its common shares, at the Company’s election. The initial conversion rate is 21.7162 common shares per $1 principal amount of Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $46.05 per common share. The conversion rate and conversion price are subject to customary adjustments upon the occurrence of certain events. In addition, if certain corporate events that constitute a “Make-Whole Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Convertible Bond Indenture) occur, then the conversion rate will, in certain circumstances, be increased for a specified period of time.
As of September 30, 2025 and 2024, there were $2,093 and $3,031, respectively, in unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Notes. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, the total interest expense was $11,681, including coupon interest expense of $4,282, accretion expense of $6,461, and the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $938. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2024, the total interest expense was $11,745, including coupon interest expense of $4,529, accretion expense of $6,270, and the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $946. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2023, the total interest expense was $11,089, including coupon interest expense of $4,515, accretion expense of $5,686, and the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs of $888.
The Notes are redeemable, in whole and not in part, at the Company’s option at any time on or after October 15, 2024 and on or before the 40th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, but only if the last reported sale price per common share of the Company exceeds 130.00% of the conversion price on (i) each of at least 20 trading days, whether or not consecutive, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends the related redemption notice; and (ii) the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends such notice. The redemption price is a cash amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. In addition, calling the Notes for redemption pursuant to the provisions described in this paragraph will constitute a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, which will result in an increase to the conversion rate in certain circumstances for a specified period of time.
If certain corporate events that constitute a “Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Convertible Bond Indenture) occur, then noteholders may require the Company to repurchase their Notes at a cash repurchase price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change repurchase date. The definition of Fundamental Change includes certain business combination transactions involving the Company and certain de-listing events with respect to the Company’s common shares.
The Notes have customary provisions relating to the occurrence of “Events of Default” (as defined in the Convertible Bond Indenture), which include the following: (i) certain payment defaults on the Notes (which, in the case of a default in the payment of interest on the Notes, are subject to a 30-day cure period); (ii) the Company’s failure to send certain notices under the Convertible Bond Indenture within specified periods of time; (iii) the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply with certain covenants in the Convertible Bond Indenture relating to the ability of the Company or the Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, lease or otherwise transfer, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another person; (iv) a default by the Company or the Guarantor in its other obligations or agreements under the Convertible Bond Indenture or the Notes if such default is not cured or waived within 60 days after notice is given in accordance with the Convertible Bond Indenture; (v) certain defaults by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness for borrowed money of at least $20,000; (vi) the rendering of certain judgments against the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries for the payment of at least $20,000, where such judgments are not discharged or stayed within 60 days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired or on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency and reorganization involving the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective significant subsidiaries; and (viii) the guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect (except as permitted by the Convertible Bond Indenture) or the Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its guarantee of the Notes.
If an Event of Default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events with respect to the Company or the Guarantor (and not solely with respect to a significant subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor) occurs, then the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Notes then outstanding will immediately become due and payable without any further action or notice by any person. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the trustee, by notice to the Company, or noteholders of at least 25.00% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Company and the trustee, may declare the principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all of the Notes then outstanding to become due and payable immediately. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect, at its option, that the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to certain failures by the Company to comply with certain reporting covenants in the Convertible Bond Indenture consists exclusively of the right of the noteholders to receive special interest on the Notes for up to 180 days at a specified rate per annum not exceeding 0.50% on the principal amount of the Notes.
At issuance, the Company evaluated the convertible feature of the Notes and determined it was required to be bifurcated as an embedded derivative and did not qualify for equity classification. In subsequent periods, the Notes conversion rights met all equity classification criteria and the fair value of the embedded derivative was reclassified to additional paid-in-capital. The discount resulting from the initial fair value of the embedded derivative has and will continue to be amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method. Non-cash interest expense during the period primarily related to this discount.
Acquisition-related Debt (Seller Notes)
In addition to the indebtedness described above, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have issued unsecured notes as partial payment of the purchase prices of certain acquisitions as described herein. Each of these notes is subordinated to the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.
As part of the acquisition of Bolder BioPATH, the Company issued unsecured subordinated promissory notes payable to the former shareholders of Bolder BioPATH in an aggregate principal amount of $1,500. As part of the working capital adjustment in March 2022, a reduction of the promissory note of $470 was recorded. The promissory notes bear interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum, with monthly payments of principal and interest and a maturity date of May 1, 2026.
As part of the acquisition of Histion, the Company issued unsecured subordinated promissory notes payable to the former shareholders of Histion in an aggregate principal amount of $433. The promissory notes bore interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum, with monthly payments of principal and interest and a maturity date of April 1, 2025. The promissory notes were paid in full as of April 1, 2025.
As part of the acquisition of Pre-Clinical Research Services, Inc. ("PCRS"), the Company issued an unsecured subordinated promissory note payable to the PCRS seller in the initial principal amount of $800. The promissory note bore interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum with monthly payments of principal and interest and a maturity date of December 1, 2024. The promissory note was paid in full as of December 1, 2024.
As part of the acquisition of Orient BioResource Center, Inc. ("OBRC"), the Company agreed to leave in place a payable (the "Seller Payable") owed by OBRC to Orient Bio, Inc. (the "Seller") in the amount of $3,700, which the Company determined to have a fair value of $3,325 as of January 27, 2022. The Seller Payable did not bear interest and was originally required to be paid to the Seller 18 months after the closing date of January 27, 2022. The Company has the right to set off against the Seller Payable any amounts that become payable by the Seller on account of indemnification obligations under the purchase agreement. On April 4, 2023, the Company and the Seller entered into a First Amendment to extend the maturity date of the Seller Payable to July 27, 2024. On May 24, 2024, the Company and the Seller entered into a Second Amendment to extend the maturity date of the Seller Payable to July 27, 2025. Further, beginning on July 27, 2024, the note bears interest at a rate of 4.60% per annum. Accrued interest and principal will be paid at the maturity date. On October 24, 2024, the Company and the Seller entered into a Third Amendment to extend the maturity date of the Seller Payable to January 27, 2026. No amendments to the Seller Payable have affected the rights and remedies of any party under the stock purchase agreement, nor did any alter, modify or amend or in any way affect any of the terms and conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the stock purchase agreement.
7. SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
As of September 30, 2025, one client of the RMS segment made up 12.2% of the Company's total trade receivables balance. As of September 30, 2024, no client made up more than 10.0% of the Company's total trade receivables balance.
Trade receivables and contract assets, net of allowances for credit losses consisted of the following:
September 30,
2025 September 30,
Trade receivables $ 74,156 $ 65,867
Unbilled revenue 10,463 14,624
Total 84,619 80,491
Less: Allowance for credit losses (6,397) (6,931)
Trade receivables and contract assets, net of allowances for credit losses $ 78,222 $ 73,560
Inventories, net consisted of the following:
September 30,
2025 September 30,
Raw materials $ 1,651 $ 1,868
Work in progress - 61
Finished goods 5,027 4,174
Research Model Inventory 41,675 14,870
Total 48,353 20,973
Less: Obsolescence reserve (2,615) (2,800)
Inventories, net $ 45,738 $ 18,173
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:
September 30,
2025 September 30,
Advances to suppliers $ 19,396 $ 36,516
Prepaid research models 3,502 4,993
Tax-related receivables 2,263 2,602
Note receivable - 1,280
Insurance recovery receivables (1) (2) 16,961 -
Other 6,768 4,857
Prepaid expenses and other current assets $ 48,890 $ 50,248
(1) As of September 30, 2025 and in connection with the proposed settlements of the Securities Class Action and the Derivative Actions (each as defined in Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments), the Company recorded an $11,000 insurance recovery receivable related to funding the Proposed Securities Settlement and the Proposed Derivative Settlement (each as defined in Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments). Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments - Securities Class Action and Derivative Lawsuits for further discussion.
(2) In connection with the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident, the Company recorded a $4,033 insurance recovery receivable. Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments - 2025 Cybersecurity Incident for further discussion.
The composition of other assets is as follows:
September 30,
2025 September 30,
Note receivable $ 7,641 $ 6,082
Funded status of defined benefit plan 2,765 3,142
Finance lease right-of-use assets, net 2,900 652
Other 1,650 1,897
Other assets $ 14,956 $ 11,773
The composition of property and equipment, net is as follows:
September 30,
2025 September 30,
Land and land improvements $ 27,911 $ 30,768
Buildings and building improvements 142,149 140,485
Machinery and equipment 99,712 93,880
Furniture and fixtures 4,927 4,542
Other 3,307 3,355
Construction in progress 16,780 9,489
Total Cost 294,786 282,519
Accumulated depreciation (114,060) (94,191)
$ 180,726 $ 188,328
Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:
September 30,
2025 September 30,
Accrued compensation $ 12,832 $ 10,851
Non-income taxes 3,491 4,409
Accrued interest 4,388 3,017
Current portion of long-term finance lease 495 211
Other 7,516 4,730
Resolution and Plea Agreements (1) 5,000 5,000
Settlement liability accrual (2) 11,000 -
Accrued expenses and other liabilities $ 44,722 $ 28,218
(1) Pursuant to the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement, the Company paid $6,500 during fiscal 2024 and $5,000 during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 and expects to pay an additional $17,000 over multiple future years. Further, all interest accrued on the liabilities associated with the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement is payable at the time of the due date of the final payment, which is June 3, 2028. Therefore, accrued interest related to the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement is also presented within other long-term liabilities. Beginning in October 2024, interest accrues on the entire unpaid balance of the liabilities associated with the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement at an annual rate of 4.18%. Accordingly, the Company has included $12,792 and $17,000 in other long-term liabilities on its condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively.
(2) As of September 30, 2025 and in connection with the proposed settlements of the Securities Class Action and the Derivative Actions, the Company recorded an $11,000 settlement liability accrual related to potential payments under the Proposed Securities Settlement and the Proposed Derivative Settlement. Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments for further discussion.
The composition of fees invoiced in advance is as follows:
September 30, 2025 September 30, 2024
Client deposits $ 33,152 $ 24,898
Deferred revenue 18,360 17,088
Fees invoiced in advance $ 51,512 $ 41,986
The composition of other liabilities is as follows:
September 30, 2025 September 30, 2024
Long-term client deposits $ 12,665 $ 16,966
Long-term finance leases 2,430 433
Other 498 564
Resolution and Plea Agreements (1) 12,792 17,000
Other liabilities $ 28,385 $ 34,963
(1) Pursuant to the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement, the Company paid $6,500 during fiscal 2024 and $5,000 during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 and expects to pay an additional $17,000 over multiple future years. Further, all interest accrued on the liabilities associated with the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement is payable at the time of the due date of the final payment, which is June 3, 2028. Therefore, accrued interest related to the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement is also presented within other long-term liabilities. Beginning in October 2024, interest accrues on the entire unpaid balance of the liabilities associated with the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement at an annual rate of 4.18%. Accordingly, the Company has included $12,792 and $17,000 in other long-term liabilities on its condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively.
8. POST EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
Defined Benefit Plan
The Company has a defined benefit plan in the U.K., the Harlan Laboratories UK Limited Occupational Pension Scheme (the "Pension Plan"), which operated through April 2012. As of April 30, 2012, the accumulation of plan benefits of employees in the Pension Plan was permanently suspended and therefore the Pension Plan was curtailed.
The following tables summarize the changes in the benefit obligation funded status of the Pension Plan and amounts reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2025 and 2024.
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024
Accumulated benefit obligation: $ 14,223 $ 15,545
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of period $ 15,545 $ 12,957
Other 270 254
Interest cost 772 741
Benefits paid (1,002) (684)
Foreign currency translation adjustment 69 1,328
Actuarial (losses) gains (1,431) 949
Projected benefit obligation at end of period 14,223 15,545
Change in fair value of plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of period $ 18,687 $ 15,993
Actual (loss) gain on plan assets (780) 1,764
Employer contributions - -
Foreign currency translation adjustment 83 1,614
Benefits paid (1,002) (684)
Fair value of plan assets, end of period 16,988 18,687
Funded status $ 2,765 $ 3,142
In July 2024, the U.K. Court of Appeal upheld a ruling in the matter of Virgin Media Limited v NTL Pension Trustees II Limited, a decision that the Company was not a party to or involved in, that certain historical amendments for contracted out defined benefit schemes were invalid if they were not accompanied by the correct actuarial confirmation. The U.K. Government has now announced proposals to legislate in response to this case. The Company and its U.K. pension scheme trustee will continue to review this development and consider whether this decision has any implications for the Pension Plan subject to completion of the legislative process in the UK and the detail of any relevant legislation once it is known.
The net periodic benefit costs, which are presented within general and administrative expenses, under the Pension Plan were as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Components of net periodic benefit expense (income):
Interest cost 772 741 733
Expected return on assets (961) (786) (798)
Amortization of prior gain (90) (142) (152)
Net periodic benefit income $ (279) $ (187) $ (217)
Gains (Losses) Related to Changes in Benefit Obligation
The actuarial losses during the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 were primarily due to the increased discount rate assumption. The actuarial gains during the twelve months ended September 30, 2024 were primarily due to decreased discount rate assumptions as a result of interest rate trends in the U.K. The actuarial gains during the twelve months ended
September 30, 2023 were due to a significant increase in the discount rate as a result of rising interest rates in the U.K. The remainder of the changes in both periods were cumulative translation adjustments and gains in asset values.
The Company uses the corridor approach when amortizing actuarial gains and losses. Under the corridor approach, the actuarial gains and actuarial losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the beginning of year benefit obligation or market related value of plan assets are amortized over a fixed period of 10 years. This is a shorter period than the expected average life expectancy of the members in the Plan.
Assumptions
The major assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit costs for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Discount rate 5.04 % 5.67 % 5.33 %
Expected return on plan assets 5.20 % 4.85 % 4.96 %
Our expected return on plan asset assumption, used to determine benefit obligations, is based on historical long-term rates of return on investments. Many factors, including portfolio allocation, target portfolio allocation and expected expenses, are evaluated during the process of determining the expected return on plan assets.
Discount rates were determined for the defined benefit retirement plan at the measurement date to reflect the yield of a portfolio of high-quality bonds matched against the timing and amounts of projected future benefit payments.
At September 30, 2025, we are decreasing our long-term rate of return assumption to 5.10% for pension plan assets. The major assumptions used in determining benefit obligations were as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Discount rate 5.87 % 5.04 % 5.67 %
Rate of compensation increases 0.00 % 0.00 % 0.00 %
Pension Plan Assets
The Company maintains target allocation percentages among various asset categories based on an investment policy designed to achieve long-term objectives of return, while mitigating downside risk and considering expected cash flows. The Company’s investment policy is reviewed from time to time to ensure consistency with long-term objectives.
Plan assets distribution was as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024
Cash 11.03 % 2.69 %
Equity securities - 3.47
Debt securities 88.97 91.05
Real estate mutual fund - 1.10
Other - 1.69
Total 100.00 % 100.00 %
The fair value of total plan assets by asset category and fair value hierarchy levels as of September 30, 2025 were as follows:
Fair value as of
September 30, 2025 Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Cash $ 1,875 $ 257 $ 1,618 $ -
Fixed income securities:
Investment grade corporate bonds 8,490 - 8,490 -
Government bonds 6,623 - 6,623 -
Total $ 16,988 $ 257 $ 16,731 $ -
The method of calculation of the fair value of each level of investment is described in Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
The fair value of total plan assets by asset category and fair value hierarchy levels as of September 30, 2024 were as follows:
Fair value as of
September 30, 2024 Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Cash $ 432 $ 432 $ - $ -
Fixed income securities:
Investment grade corporate bonds 9,300 - 9,300 -
Government bonds 7,360 - 7,360 -
Other types of investments:
Multi-asset fund 1,595 - 1,595
Total $ 18,687 $ 432 $ 18,255 $ -
The method of calculation of the fair value of each level of investment is described in Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
Pension Funding and Payments
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, the Company did not contribute to the Pension Plan and does not expect to contribute any amounts to the Pension Plan within the next twelve months.
Estimated pension benefit payments expected to be paid in cash in each of the next five years and in the aggregate for the following five years thereafter are as follows:
2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Thereafter Total
Projected Benefit Payments $ 1,262 $ 954 $ 1,023 $ 1,032 $ 977 $ 5,148 $ 10,396
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company has defined contribution benefit plans that cover its employees in the U.S., U.K. (the Group Personal Pension Plan) and the Netherlands. Defined contribution benefit expense for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were $1,745, $2,807 and $4,596, respectively. During April 2024, the Company ceased contributing to its U.S. defined contribution plans.
9. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE
Other operating expense consisted of the following:
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Acquisition and integration costs $ - $ 70 $ 1,228
Restructuring costs (1) 1,454 3,374 4,625
Startup costs 2,282 3,278 6,858
Remediation costs - 1,404 2,357
FNI Settlement Agreement (2) (7,550) - -
Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement (3) - 28,500 -
Other costs 7,524 5,916 3,469
$ 3,710 $ 42,542 $ 18,537
(1) Restructuring costs represent costs incurred in connection with the Company's site closures, site optimization strategy, the in-house integration of the Company’s North American transportation operations and Phase Two of the Company's site optimization program as discussed in Note 10 - Restructuring Costs.
(2) The proceeds received in connection with the settlement agreement with Freese and Nichols, Inc. (the "FNI Settlement Agreement") offset costs incurred to dispose of excess wastewater during previous years in addition to attorneys' fees in previous years and fiscal year 2025. Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments for further discussion of the FNI Settlement Agreement.
(3) Amount relates to the charge recorded under the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement. Refer to Note 15 - Contingencies and Commitments for further discussion of the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement.
10. RESTRUCTURING COSTS
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, the Company initiated the next phase of its site optimization program to further improve and consolidate additional RMS facilities in the U.S. ("Phase Two"). In connection with Phase Two, the sale of two properties, which initially met the criteria for assets held for sale as of December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, were completed in September 2025 and June 2025, respectively.
During June 2022, the Company approved and announced a plan to close its facility in Cumberland, Virginia. Further, during fiscal year 2023, the Company announced restructuring and site optimization plan that included the following sites, which were identified for relocation of operations: Dublin, Virginia, Gannat, France, Blackthorn, U.K., RMS St. Louis, Missouri, Spain, Boyertown, Pennsylvania, Haslett, Michigan and Israel ("Phase One"). As of September 30, 2024, Phase One of the Company's restructuring and site optimization plans was complete.
For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company incurred other immaterial expenses that qualify as exit and disposal costs under GAAP, and does not expect further material charges as a result of the closures and planned site consolidations. Exit and disposal costs were charged to other operating expense.
Cumberland and Dublin
During June 2022, the Company approved and announced a plan to close its facility in Cumberland, Virginia ("Cumberland facility") and to close and relocate its operations in Dublin, Virginia ("Dublin facility") into its other existing facilities, as a part of the Company's restructuring and site optimization plan. The Cumberland facility exit was completed in September 2022 and initially met the criteria for assets held for sale as of March 31, 2023. Further, in connection with this conclusion, the Company determined that the carrying value exceeded the fair value of the real property at the Cumberland facility less costs to sell. As a result, an asset impairment charge of $890 was recorded within the RMS reportable segment during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. The Cumberland facility was sold in June 2024. The Dublin facility transition was completed in November 2022 and initially met the criteria for assets held for sale as of December 31, 2023. The Dublin facility was sold in March 2024. The operations at both the Cumberland facility and the Dublin facility were within the RMS reporting segment.
Gannat, Blackthorn, Spain and RMS St. Louis
As of March 31, 2023, the Company completed its consultation with employee representatives at the Gannat and Blackthorn facilities and the closures of both facilities were approved. The consolidation of operations at Gannat with the operations in Horst, the Netherlands was completed in June 2023 and initially met the criteria for assets held for sale as of June 30, 2023. The Gannat facility was sold in December 2023. As of June 30, 2023, the real property of the Blackthorn facility initially met the criteria for assets held for sale. The Blackthorn facility sold in February 2024, which the Company leased back until September 2024. As of September 30, 2024 the consolidation of the operations at our Blackthorn, U.K., facility with the operations in Hillcrest, U.K., was completed and the Company is no longer leasing back the facility. In July 2023, the Company decided to close its Spain facility. The exit of the facility in Spain was completed in September 2023 and initially met the criteria for assets held for sale as of September 30, 2023. The facility in Spain was sold in November 2023. The leased RMS St. Louis facility closed in June 2023 and the GEMS operations at the RMS St. Louis facility were relocated to the DSA St. Louis facility and other operational facilities. The operations at the Gannat, Blackthorn, Spain and RMS St. Louis facilities were within the RMS reportable segment.
Boyertown and Haslett
Prior to the acquisition of Envigo, the Boyertown and Haslett facilities were identified for relocation of operations to the Denver, Pennsylvania facility. The exits of the Boyertown and Haslett facilities were completed in March 2023 and both facilities initially met the criteria for assets held for sale as of March 31, 2023. The Boyertown facility was sold in September 2023. The facility in Haslett was sold during April 2024.
Israel
As of December 31, 2022, the assets and liabilities related to the Israel RMS and Israel CRS businesses (the “Israeli Businesses”) initially met the held for sale criteria and, in August 2023, the Company sold its ownership interest in the Israeli Businesses, which were previously reflected in the RMS reportable segment.
Consideration for the sale consisted of (i) $1,000 in cash, (ii) an excess cash adjustment of $316, (iii) real property valued at $3,700, and (iv) a promissory note receivable in the aggregate amount of $2,453. The promissory note bears interest at a rate of 5.00% per annum, with quarterly payments of interest and principal payments on the first anniversary of the closing date, which we received during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, and at maturity on August 29, 2025. The sale included the Company’s 100.00% ownership in Israel RMS and Israel RMS’s 62.50% ownership interest in Israel CRS. Prior to the sale, the management team owned a 37.50% non-controlling ownership position in Israel CRS. The gain of $1,377 on the sale is presented within other income (expense). The combined (loss) income before taxes of the Israeli Businesses for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 was $62.
11. LEASES
Right-of-use ("ROU") lease assets and lease liabilities that are reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
September 30, 2025 September 30, 2024
Operating ROU assets, net $ 46,358 $ 49,165
Current portion of operating lease liabilities 6,896 11,774
Long-term operating lease liabilities 44,344 40,010
Total operating lease liabilities $ 51,240 $ 51,784
Finance ROU assets, net $ 2,900 $ 652
Current portion of finance lease liabilities 495 211
Long-term finance lease liabilities 2,430 433
Total finance lease liabilities $ 2,925 $ 644
The increase in operating right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 was primarily related to modifications of leases in both the DSA and RMS segments. The increase in financing right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities in the twelve months ended September 30, 2025 was primarily due to new vehicles leases associated with the insourcing of the Company's North American transportation operations.
Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The components of lease expense related to the Company’s leases for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Operating lease costs:
Fixed operating lease costs $ 13,459 $ 13,474 $ 11,790
Lease (income) (2,537) (3,003) (3,039)
Financing lease costs:
Amortization of ROU asset expense $ 397 $ 87 $ 39
Interest on finance lease liability 315 31 3
Total operating lease cost 11,634 10,589 8,793
The Company serves as lessor to a lessee in thirteen facilities. The gross rental income and underlying lease expense are presented net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The gross rent receivables and underlying lease liabilities are presented gross in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Cash flows included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases $ 10,774 $ 12,003 $ 11,252
Non-cash lease activity:
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities $ 7,177 $ 19,301 $ 15,831
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities 2,666 703 -
The weighted average remaining lease term and discount rate for the Company’s operating leases as of September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)
Operating lease 9.56 9.25 6.71
Finance lease 5.75 4.21 1.81
Weighted-average discount rate (in percentages)
Operating lease 11.98 % 11.71 % 9.36 %
Finance lease 12.56 % 13.75 % 4.86 %
Lease duration was determined utilizing renewal options that the Company is reasonably certain to execute.
As of September 30, 2025, maturities of operating lease liabilities for each of the following five fiscal years and a total thereafter were as follows:
Operating Leases Finance Leases
2026 $ 12,240 $ 826
2027 10,526 797
2028 9,356 769
2029 8,516 707
2030 7,096 320
Thereafter 41,794 710
Total minimum future lease payments 89,528 4,129
Less interest (38,288) (1,204)
Total lease liability $ 51,240 $ 2,925
12. STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY AND LOSS PER SHARE
Share numbers and per share amounts are not presented in thousands within this Note 12 unless otherwise noted.
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred Shares
As of September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023, no preferred shares were outstanding.
Offering
On December 18, 2024, the Company entered into the Underwriting Agreement , relating to the public offering of 6,000,000 common shares at a purchase price per share to the public of $4.25. Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Company granted the underwriter a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 900,000 common shares at the offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, which option was exercised in full and closed on December 30, 2024. Net proceeds from the offering were $27,524 after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses paid by the Company.
Warrants
The Warrants are classified as equity instruments, have an exercise price of $1.57 per share, are exercisable at any time on or after the closing date until September 13, 2034 and were initially recorded at a fair value of $4,768. Refer to Note 6 - Debt for further discussion of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Fee Letter. The initial fair value of the Warrants was determined utilizing the Black-Scholes Model, which is a form of the income approach. Significant assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes Model included stock price ($1.56 on September 13, 2024), volatility (70%), expected term (10 years) which is based on the remaining contractual time to expiration, and the risk free rate (3.66%).
Open Market Sales Agreement
On August 9, 2024, the “Company entered into an Open Market Sale AgreementSM with Jefferies LLC (the “Sale Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell up to $50,000 of the Company’s common shares (the "ATM Shares") from time to time in at-the-market offerings, through Jefferies LLC (“Jefferies”), acting as sales agent. Sales pursuant to the Sale Agreement will be made only upon instructions by the Company to Jefferies, and the Company cannot provide any assurances that it will issue any ATM Shares pursuant to the Sales Agreement. The Company has not yet sold any ATM Shares as of September 30, 2025.
Loss Per Share
The Company computes basic loss per share using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The Company computes diluted earnings per share using the if-converted method for preferred shares and convertible debt, if any, and the treasury stock method for stock options and restricted stock units.
(in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Numerator:
Consolidated net loss $ (68,625) $ (108,885) $ (104,902)
Less: Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests - (440) 238
Net loss attributable to common shareholders (68,625) (108,445) (105,140)
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares outstanding - Basic and Diluted 32,452 25,897 25,641
Anti-dilutive common share equivalents (1)
10,668 10,935 5,763
(1) For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, anti-dilutive common share equivalents are comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, 2,859,306 common shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes and 3,034,124 common shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, anti-dilutive common share equivalents are comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock awards, 2,859,306 common shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes and 4,146,250 common shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023, anti-dilutive common share equivalents are comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock awards and 3,040,268 common shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes. These common share equivalents were outstanding for the periods presented, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share for those periods because their inclusion would have had an anti-dilutive effect.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Within the consolidated statements of operations, foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized as a result of translations of non-functional currencies. In relation to the translation into U.S. dollars, except for defined benefit pension costs of the Pension Plan, the assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated using the current exchange rate. For those operations, changes in exchange rates generally do not affect cash flows; therefore, resulting translation adjustments are made in shareholders' equity rather than in the consolidated statements of operations. The Pension Plan relates to a U.K. subsidiary, which currently records a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.
As a result, income tax effects on the net activity have not been presented related to each component of other comprehensive loss for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
13 STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Share numbers and per share amounts are not presented in thousands within this Note 13 unless otherwise noted.
Summary of Equity Plans and Activity
The Company has stock-based compensation plans under which employees and non-employee directors may be granted stock-based awards such as stock options, restricted stock (“RSAs”), and restricted stock units (“RSUs”).
During fiscal years 2025, 2024 and 2023, the following share-based awards were made to certain employees, and their general terms and conditions are as follows:
•Stock options, which entitle the holder to purchase a specified number of common shares at an exercise price equal to the closing market price of common shares on the date of grant; typically vest over 3 years; and typically expire 10 years from date of grant or 30 days post-termination. In the case of the options issued in relation to the Envigo acquisition, the options expire 10 years from date of grant or 1 year post-termination.
•RSAs, which are restricted shares granted at no cost on the grant date and typically vest over 2 years. With respect to RSAs, recipients do have voting rights on the stock during the vesting period.
•RSUs, which represent an unsecured promise to issue at no cost a set number of common shares upon the completion of the vesting schedule, and typically vest from 1 to 5 years. With respect to RSUs, recipients do not have voting rights on the stock during the vesting period.
On March 13, 2025, the Company's shareholders approved an amendment to the Inotiv, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2024 Plan”). The amendment to the 2024 Plan increased the number of shares available for issuance under the 2024 Plan by an additional 2,250,000 common shares. On March 14, 2024, the Company's shareholders approved the 2024 Plan. As originally approved, the 2024 Plan provided for the issuance of up to 1,500,000 of the Company's common shares, plus the number of common shares remaining available for future grants under the Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) as of March 14, 2024. Any common shares subject to an award under the 2024 Plan or 2018 Plan that expires, is forfeited or cancelled, is settled for cash or exchanged will become available for future awards under the 2024 Plan. Following the shareholders' approval of the 2024 Plan, awards can no longer be granted under the 2018 Plan. The Company currently grants equity awards from the 2024 Plan. As of September 30, 2025, 956,162 shares remained available for grants under the 2024 Plan.
The Company recognizes expense for all awards subject to graded vesting using the straight-line attribution method. The Company adjusts stock-based compensation expense for forfeitures in the period that a forfeiture occurs. The Company expenses the estimated fair value of stock options over the vesting periods of the grants.
The following table provides stock-based compensation by the financial statement line item in which it is reflected:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
General and administrative $ 6,028 $ 6,740 $ 7,844
Stock-based compensation, before income taxes 6,028 6,740 7,844
Provision for income taxes (325) (306) (311)
Stock-based compensation, net of income taxes $ 5,703 $ 6,434 $ 7,533
No stock-based compensation related costs were capitalized in fiscal years 2025, 2024 and 2023.
The weighted-average assumptions used to compute the fair value of options granted under the Black-Scholes Model for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Risk-free interest rate 4.13 % 3.99 % 4.29 %
Dividend yield - % - % - %
Volatility of the expected market price of the Company’s common shares 120.75 % 117.16 % 100.59 %
Expected life of the options (years) 3.76 3.54 3.57
The volatility assumption used to determine the fair values of options granted for fiscal years 2025, 2024 and 2023 is based on historical stock price activity.
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for the year ended September 30, 2025, is as follows:
Options Weighted-Average Exercise Price Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands) (in years) (in thousands)
Outstanding as of September 30, 2024 2,392 $ 8.35
Granted 708 3.33
Exercised (15) 2.07
Cancelled (191) 11.50
Outstanding as of September 30, 2025 2,894 $ 6.95 7.05 $ 5
Exercisable as of September 30, 2025 1,636 $ 10.03 5.49 $ 5
Expected to vest as of September 30, 2025 1,257 $ 2.93 9.08 $ -
The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted was $2.58, $1.44 and $5.72 for fiscal years 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $15, $23 and $230, respectively, with intrinsic value defined as the difference between the market price on the date of exercise and the exercise price.
A summary of the Company’s RSU activity for the year ended September 30, 2025 is as follows:
Restricted
Stock Units (in thousands) Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Outstanding (non-vested) - September 30, 2024 1,527 $ 7.10
Granted 1,000 $ 2.80
Vested (627) $ 9.57
Forfeited (19) $ 2.41
Outstanding (non-vested) - September 30, 2025 1,881 $ 4.04
As of September 30, 2025, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs was $4,712 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average service period of 1.29 years. The total fair value of the RSUs granted during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $2,803, $1,513 and $3,908, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs vested during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $2,209, $1,666 and $940, respectively.
14. INCOME TAXES
The components of loss before income taxes are presented below:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Loss before income taxes:
U.S. $ (91,902) $ (135,913) $ (121,245)
Non-U.S. 4,134 5,153 (2,997)
Total loss before income taxes $ (87,768) $ (130,760) $ (124,242)
Significant components of the benefit for income taxes are presented below:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Current:
Federal $ 319 $ 198 $ 4,490
State and local 242 5 967
Foreign 1,918 1,193 944
Deferred:
Federal (18,517) (18,954) (20,560)
State and local (2,801) (4,019) (4,807)
Foreign (304) (298) (374)
Income tax benefit $ (19,143) $ (21,875) $ (19,340)
The effective income tax rate on continuing operations varied from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,
2025 2024 2023
Federal statutory income tax rate 21.0 % 21.0 % 21.0 %
Increases (decreases):
State and local income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit, if applicable 2.7 % 3.2 % 3.3 %
Goodwill - % - % (3.5) %
Impact of foreign operations (3.5) % (1.2) % (0.3) %
Sale of Israeli businesses - % - % (0.8) %
Fines and penalties - % (4.6) % - %
Other (2.0) % (0.8) % 1.1 %
Valuation allowance changes 3.6 % (0.9) % (5.2) %
Effective income tax rate 21.8 % 16.7 % 15.6 %
Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below as of the Company's fiscal year-end:
September 30, 2025 September 30, 2024
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory $ 1,926 $ 1,009
Allowance for credit losses 1,628 1,676
Domestic net operating loss carryforwards 16,707 16,343
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards 7,736 10,170
Foreign tax credit carryforwards 4,632 3,861
Capital loss carryforward 1,833 1,870
Stock compensation expense 3,020 3,017
Business interest limitation 28,207 19,948
Lease liabilities 12,507 12,450
Goodwill 6,069 7,739
Other 466 194
Total deferred tax assets 84,731 78,277
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses (617) (333)
Lease ROU assets (11,845) (12,123)
Accreted interest on convertible debt (3,707) (5,240)
Basis difference for property and equipment (11,179) (13,374)
Basis difference for intangible assets (49,533) (56,041)
Total deferred tax liabilities (76,881) (87,111)
Total net deferred tax liabilities 7,850 (8,834)
Valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets (13,423) (18,207)
Net deferred tax liabilities $ (5,573) $ (27,041)
U.S. GAAP requires that valuation allowances should be established against deferred tax assets based on consideration of all available evidence, both positive and negative, using a “more likely than not” standard. The Company assesses its deferred income taxes to determine if valuation allowances are required or should be adjusted. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and amount of recent losses, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and tax planning strategies. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.
The Company’s U.S. tax reporting group has a cumulative three-year loss. The valuation allowance related to the Company’s U.S. tax reporting group as of September 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $5,991, $7,114 and $4,618, respectively, and the valuation allowance related to the Company's non-U.S. entities was $7,432, $11,093 and $11,757, respectively, as the Company does not believe that certain deferred tax assets will be realized in the foreseeable future. Payments made in fiscal years 2025, 2024 and 2023 for income taxes, net of refunds, amounted to $749, $1,843 and $7,146, respectively.
The cumulative undistributed earnings, projected as of September 30, 2025, of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries, except the Deemed Repatriated Entities (as defined below), are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes or withholding taxes has been made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. A determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability for the amount indefinitely reinvested is not practicable due to the complexities in the tax laws and assumptions we would have to make. Further, the Company’s intent regarding repatriation of retained earnings at certain non-U.S. subsidiaries, Envigo RMS Sarl, Envigo RMS GmbH, and
Envigo RMS, S.L. (collectively, the "Deemed Repatriated Entities"), is primarily driven by a change in our transfer pricing policy. Since any such additional taxes would generally be limited to foreign withholding, the tax effect of currency gains and losses, capital gains and state taxes, any additional taxes due to a repatriation would be immaterial, Accordingly, no deferred tax liability has been recorded as of September 30, 2025.
At September 30, 2025, the Company had domestic net operating loss carryforwards for federal tax purposes of $48,827, all of which may be carried forward indefinitely. State and local loss carryforwards totaled approximately $129,411. The majority of these loss carryforwards expire from September 30, 2028 through 2044; however, approximately $39,969 may be carried forward indefinitely, as they relate to states conforming to the provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act which allowed for an indefinite carryforward period of losses generated after December 31, 2017. The Company had non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of $40,617, which have been fully offset by valuation allowance. These losses may be carried forward indefinitely.
The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon regulatory examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of the benefit for which an exposure exists is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that we believe is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the position. As of September 30, 2025, there were no material uncertain tax positions based on any federal or state tax position.
The Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal tax examinations for tax years before 2022 or state and local tax examinations for tax years before 2021, with limited exceptions. For federal purposes, the tax attributes carried forward could be adjusted through the examination process and are subject to examination 3 years from the date of utilization.
15. CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS
Litigation
From time to time, the Company is involved in actual or threatened legal actions, including class actions, and the Company also receives inquiries from regulators and other government authorities relating to various aspects of its business. At any given time, the Company has matters at various stages of resolution. The outcomes of these matters are not within the Company’s control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time. In some actions, claimants seek damages, as well as other relief including injunctive relief, that could require significant expenditures or result in lost revenues.
In accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company records a liability in its consolidated financial statements for material loss contingencies when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. When determining the estimated loss or range of loss, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded. Estimates of probable losses resulting from litigation, governmental proceedings and other contingencies are inherently difficult to predict, particularly when the matters are in early procedural stages, with incomplete facts or legal discovery; involve unsubstantiated or indeterminate claims for damages; potentially involve penalties, fines, disgorgement, or punitive damages; or could result in a change in business practice.
Further, in accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company records an asset in its consolidated financial statements relating to a recovery only when realization of the claim for recovery is deemed probable. An asset should be recognized to the extent that a loss has previously been recognized. Any expected proceeds in excess of a previously recognized loss or a recovery of a loss not yet recognized in the consolidated financial statements should be treated as a gain contingency.
Securities Class Action and Derivative Lawsuits
On June 23, 2022, a putative securities class action lawsuit (the "Securities Class Action") was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Indiana, naming the Company and Robert W. Leasure and Beth A. Taylor as defendants, captioned Grobler v. Inotiv, Inc., et al., Case No. 4:22-cv-00045 (N.D. Ind.). The complaint alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, based on alleged false and misleading statements and material omissions regarding the Company’s acquisition of Envigo and its regulatory compliance. On September 12, 2022, Oklahoma Police Pension and Retirement System was appointed by the Court as lead plaintiff. Thereafter, on November 14, 2022, the lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint against the same defendants, in addition to John E. Sagartz and Carmen Wilbourn, that asserted the
same claims along with a claim under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act. On November 23, 2022, the lead plaintiff filed a further amended complaint against the aforementioned defendants asserting the same claims as the amended complaint and further alleging that false and misleading statements and material omissions were made concerning the Company’s non-human primate business. The purported class in the operative complaint includes all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired the Company’s common shares between September 21, 2021 and November 16, 2022, and the complaint seeks an unspecified amount of monetary damages, interest, fees and expenses of attorneys and experts, and other relief. On January 27, 2023, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. That motion was fully briefed by April 28, 2023. On March 29, 2024, the Court issued a decision denying, in part, Defendants’ motion to dismiss. On September 25, 2025, the parties entered into a Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement to settle the Securities Class Action (the “Proposed Securities Settlement”).
The Company entered into the Proposed Securities Settlement to eliminate the uncertainty, burden, and expense of protracted litigation. The Proposed Securities Settlement does not assign or reflect any admission of wrongdoing or liability by the Company or the individual defendants, all of whom deny any wrongdoing. While the court preliminarily approved the Proposed Securities Settlement on October 3, 2025, it scheduled a final settlement hearing for January 27, 2026. The Proposed Securities Settlement is subject in all respects to court approval and there can be no assurance that the court will approve the Proposed Securities Settlement.
If approved by the court, the Proposed Securities Settlement will fully resolve the Securities Class Action claims against the Company and the individual defendants Robert W. Leasure, Beth A. Taylor, John E. Sagartz, and Carmen Wilbourn. As consideration for the Proposed Securities Settlement, the Company will cause to be paid a cash settlement payment of $8,750 (“Cash Payment”) to the members of the putative class, which is expected to include all persons and entities who purchased or otherwise acquired the Company’s common stock between September 21, 2021 and May 20, 2022 or who held shares of the Company’s common stock and were entitled to vote on matters necessary to effectuate the Company’s acquisition of Envigo RMS, LLC at a special meeting of the Company’s shareholders on November 4, 2021 (subject to certain exclusions). Plaintiff will seek attorneys’ fees and costs, the amount of which will be determined by the court and funded from the Cash Payment. The Company expects the Cash Payment to be fully funded by available insurance.
On September 9, 2022, a purported shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Indiana, naming Robert W. Leasure, Beth A. Taylor, Gregory C. Davis, R. Matthew Neff, Richard A. Johnson, John E. Sagartz, Nigel Brown, and Scott Cragg as defendants, and the Company as a nominal defendant, captioned Grobler v. Robert W. Leasure, et al., Case No. 4:22-cv-00064 (N.D. Ind.) (the “Grobler Derivative Action”). On January 4, 2023, an additional shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Indiana, naming Robert W. Leasure, Beth A. Taylor, Gregory C. Davis, R. Matthew Neff, Richard A. Johnson, John E. Sagartz, Nigel Brown, and Scott Cragg as defendants, and the Company as a nominal defendant, captioned Burkhart v. Robert W. Leasure, et al., Case No 4:23-cv-00003 (N.D. Ind.) (the “Burkhart Derivative Action,” and together with the Grobler Derivative Action, the “Federal Derivative Action”). The Federal Derivative Actions collectively assert claims for breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, and waste of corporate assets, as well as violations of Sections 10(b), 14(a), and 21D of the Exchange Act arising out of the Company’s acquisition of Envigo and its regulatory compliance. The Court consolidated the Federal Derivative Actions on April 24, 2024, and Plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint on June 24, 2024. The consolidated Federal Derivative Actions are currently stayed.
On April 20, 2023, a purported shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the State of Indiana Tippecanoe County Circuit Court, naming Robert W. Leasure, Beth A. Taylor, Gregory C. Davis, R. Matthew Neff, Richard A. Johnson, John E. Sagartz, Nigel Brown, and Scott Cragg as defendants, and the Company as a nominal defendant, captioned Whitfield v. Gregory C. Davis, et al., Case No. 79C01-2304-PL-000048 (Tippecanoe Circuit Court) (the “Whitfield Derivative Action”). On June 2, 2023, an additional shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the Indiana Commercial Court of Marion County, naming Robert W. Leasure, Beth A. Taylor, Carmen Wilbourn, Gregory C. Davis, R. Matthew Neff, Richard A. Johnson, John E. Sagartz, Nigel Brown, and Scott Cragg as defendants, and the Company as a nominal defendant, captioned Castro v. Robert W. Leasure, et al., Case No. 49D01-2306-PL-022213 (Marion Superior Court 1) (the “Castro Derivative Action,” together with the Whitfield Derivative Action, the “State Derivative Actions,” and together with the consolidated Federal Derivative Actions, the “Derivative Actions”). The State Derivative Actions collectively assert claims for breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty, and waste of corporate assets arising out of the Company’s acquisition of Envigo and its regulatory compliance, and the Company’s non-human primate business. On August 24, 2023, the Castro Derivative Action was transferred to the Tippecanoe County Circuit Court and consolidated with the Whitfield Derivative Action. The consolidated State Derivative Actions are currently stayed.
On September 25, 2025, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle the Derivative Actions (the “Proposed Derivative Settlement”). The Company agreed to the Proposed Derivative Settlement to eliminate the uncertainty, burden, and expense of protracted litigation. The Proposed Derivative Settlement does not assign or reflect any admission of wrongdoing or liability by the individual defendants or the Company as the nominal defendant, all of whom deny any wrongdoing. The Proposed Derivative Settlement is subject in all respects to court approval and there can be no assurance that the court will approve the Proposed Derivative Settlement.
If approved by the court, the Proposed Derivative Settlement will fully resolve the Derivative Actions, including all claims against individual defendants Robert W. Leasure, Beth A. Taylor, Gregory C. Davis, R. Matthew Neff, Richard A. Johnson, John E. Sagartz, Nigel Brown, Scott Cragg, and Carmen Wilbourn, and the Company as a nominal defendant. The Proposed Derivative Settlement credits the plaintiffs in the Derivative Actions for the fact that the Company will receive $2,490 from certain of its insurers, which amount will be utilized by the Company as part of the Cash Payment to the members of the putative class in the Proposed Securities Settlement. The Proposed Derivative Settlement also involves the institution and maintenance of certain corporate governance measures by the Company, including, for a period of at least five years, having a separate Chief Executive Officer and Board Chairperson, maintaining a fully independent Board Chairperson, instituting certain guidelines for due diligence conducted in any future mergers and acquisitions, and maintaining a disclosure committee. Plaintiffs in the Derivative Actions will, in addition, seek attorneys’ fees, the amount of which will not exceed $2,250 and will be subject to court approval. The Company expects any award of attorneys’ fees to be fully funded by available insurance.
Based on the amounts included in the Proposed Securities Settlement and the Proposed Derivative Settlement, as of September 30, 2025, the Company has recorded an $11,000 liability, and an $11,000 receivable, related to the Securities Class Action and the Derivative Actions.
Privacy Class Actions
The Company has been named as a defendant in three putative class actions relating to the cybersecurity incident experienced in August 2025 (the “2025 Cybersecurity Incident”) pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Indiana: (1) Doyal v. Inotiv, Inc., Case No. 4:25-cv-00046 (filed on August 21, 2025); (2) Merrell v. Inotiv, Inc., Case No. 4:25-cv-00047 (filed on August 25, 2025); and (3) Wagner v. Inotiv, Inc., Case No. 4:25-cv-00049 (filed on September 2, 2025). The complaints filed in each action generally allege that the plaintiffs and the proposed class members were harmed when their personally identifying information and protected health information (together, “Private Information”) was impacted by the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident. The purported class includes all persons in the United States whose Private Information allegedly was impacted by the 2025 Cybersecurity Incident. The complaints seek (i) an order certifying the cases as class actions, (ii) unspecified amounts of monetary damages, restitution, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs, and (iii) certain injunctive or equitable relief relating to (a) the safeguarding of proposed class members’ Private Information, and (b) the implementation of technical and administrative cybersecurity programs, procedures and controls. On October 21, 2025, the three putative class actions were consolidated under a new caption: In re: Inotiv, Inc. Data Incident Litigation, Case No. 4:25-CV-46-PPS-JEM. As a result of the consolidation, the plaintiffs filed an amended consolidated complaint on November 26, 2025. No case management order has been entered by the court, and no trial date has been set.
FNI Settlement
On January 13, 2022, the Company filed a complaint against Freese and Nichols, Inc. ("FNI") titled Envigo RMS Holding Corp. and Envigo Global Services, Inc. v. Freese and Nichols, Inc., Case No. 22-01-61647-CV, in the District Court of Jim Wells County, Texas, 79th Judicial District related to, among other things, FNI’s failure to design an adequately sized lagoon to dispose of the current wastewater and future wastewater from expanded operations. The complaint asserted claims against FNI for negligence, negligence per se, and breach of contract seeking damages and attorney fees and costs. On February 14, 2025, the Company (through two of its subsidiaries) entered into a Settlement Agreement (the “FNI Settlement Agreement”) with FNI to settle the lawsuit. The FNI Settlement Agreement provides that the parties fully resolve all claims set forth in such lawsuit, without any admission of liability, and that FNI will pay the Company $7,550 within 30 days following the date of the FNI Settlement Agreement. The Court granted the Company's Agreed Motion to Dismiss All Claims on March 27, 2025. The Company received the settlement payment in full prior to March 31, 2025. The $7,550 settlement payment is presented within other operating expense within the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended September 30, 2025.
Envigo Class Action
Envigo is a defendant in a purported class action and a related action under California’s Private Attorney General Act of 2004 (“PAGA”) brought by Jacob Greenwell, a former non-exempt employee of Envigo, on June 25, 2021 in the Superior Court of California, Alameda County ("Court"). The complaints allege that Envigo violated certain wage and hour requirements under the California Labor Code. PAGA authorizes private attorneys to bring claims on behalf of the State of California and aggrieved employees for violations of California’s wage and hour laws. The class action complaint seeks certification of a class of similarly situated employees and the award of actual, consequential and incidental losses and damages for the alleged violations. The PAGA complaint seeks civil penalties pursuant to the California Labor Code and attorney’s fees. On June 2, 2023, Envigo and the plaintiff signed a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) that sets forth the parties’ intent to settle these matters for $795 which includes attorneys’ fees. On August 2, 2024, the parties entered into a Joint Stipulation of Class Action and PAGA Settlement and Release of Claims (the “PAGA Settlement Agreement”) that incorporated the material terms of the MOU and is subject to the Court's approval. The PAGA Settlement Agreement contains no admission of liability or wrongdoing by Envigo. The PAGA Settlement Agreement provides that, if the settlement is approved by the Court, the settlement amount would be paid in four quarterly installments, with the first one to be funded after the Court’s final approval of the settlement, and the following ones in the three subsequent quarters. A motion for preliminary approval of the settlement was granted by the Court on June 12, 2025, subject to the submission of a revised proposed order. The parties await the Court adopting the proposed order so that the settlement notice process may commence. The final approval hearing by the Court is scheduled for December 11, 2025. The Company took a reserve equal to the proposed settlement amount, which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities.
The Company is party to certain other legal actions arising out of the normal course of its business. In management's opinion, none of these actions will have a material effect on the Company's operations, financial condition or liquidity.
Government Investigations and Actions
The Company is subject to and/or involved in various government investigations, inquiries and actions, including those described below. Given their inherent uncertainty, except as otherwise noted, the Company cannot predict the duration or outcome of the pending matters described below. An adverse outcome of any of the following matters could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operations, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
On May 23, 2023, Inotiv received a voluntary request from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) seeking documents and information for the period December 1, 2017 to the present regarding the Company, Envigo Global Services, Inc. ("EGSI"), and OBRC’s importation of NHPs from Asia, including information relating to whether their importation practices complied with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. In March 2024, the SEC provided the Company a formal order of investigation concerning this matter that is dated January 9, 2024, and on April 12, 2024, the SEC provided supplemental document requests to the Company. On June 2, 2025, the SEC provided notice to the Company, through the Company’s external counsel, that the SEC’s Division of Enforcement (the “Division”) has concluded its investigation and, based on the information available to the Division as of the date of its letter, the Division does not intend to recommend an enforcement action by the SEC against the Company.
Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement
On June 3, 2024, the Company announced that it had reached agreement with the DOJ to resolve a previously-announced criminal investigation into its shuttered canine breeding facility located in Cumberland, Virginia, which was operated originally by Envigo RMS in November 2021. In connection with such resolution, the Company and its related entities entered into the Resolution Agreement (the "Resolution Agreement") with the DOJ and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Western District of Virginia ("USAO-WDV"), and Envigo and EGSI entered into the Plea Agreement (the “Plea Agreement”) with the DOJ and the USAO-WDV. On June 3, 2024, before the United States District Court for the Western District of Virginia, Envigo RMS pleaded guilty to one misdemeanor count of conspiracy to violate the Animal Welfare Act and EGSI pleaded guilty to one felony count of conspiracy to violate the Clean Water Act. On October 24, 2024, the Court sentenced Envigo RMS and EGSI according to the terms agreed to between the DOJ and the Company in the Resolution Agreement and Plea Agreement.
Pursuant to the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement, the Company, Envigo and EGSI, among other matters, have agreed to: (i) make payments totaling $22,000 in fines, with $5,000 payable on each of June 3, 2025, 2026 and 2027, and $7,000 (plus accrued interest beginning on the sentencing date) payable on June 3, 2028; (ii) on June 3, 2024, pay $3,000, split between the Virginia Animal Fighting Taskforce and the Humane Society of the United States in recognition of assistance provided to the U.S. Government’s investigation; (iii) on June 3, 2024, pay $3,500 to the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation to fund environmental projects, studies, and initiatives in Cumberland County, Virginia; (iv) expend at least $7,000 ($2,500 by June 3, 2025, $2,500 by June 3, 2026, and $2,000 by June 3, 2027) for improvements to its facilities and personnel related to the welfare of animals; (v) provide a lien to the United States against sufficient Company
assets to secure the deferred payments in connection with the $22,000 fine, which lien will be junior to only the lien provided by the Company to lenders under its credit facility as of April 1, 2024 and additional liens to secure up to $100,000 of additional debt; (vi) meet specified standards with respect to the health, safety and well-being of animals under the Company’s care; (vii) develop, adopt, implement, fund and comply with a comprehensive nationwide compliance plan related to applicable laws; and (viii) on January 20, 2025, appoint the Compliance Monitor to review the Company’s care of animals and compliance with certain laws, and to pay all associated costs, which Compliance Monitor shall serve for a term that expires on January 20, 2030, five years from appointment of the Compliance Monitor, unless the Company is released from probation prior to completion of the five-year term, in which case the monitorship term shall expire on January 20, 2028, three years from appointment of the Compliance Monitor, or two months after the completion of probation, whichever is later. In addition, the pleas result in Envigo and EGSI being subject to probation for up to five years, with the potential to end the term early at a minimum of three years if the Company complies with the elements of the resolution. Refer to Note 7 - Supplemental Balance Sheet Information for further discussion of payments associated with the Resolution Agreement and the Plea Agreement.

---

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

---

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 9A - CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports filed or submitted by us under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms adopted by the SEC, including to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports filed or submitted by us under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer) and our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Finance (our principal financial officer), or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure ("Management").
Management has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, Management has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of September 30, 2025 because of the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below.
Notwithstanding the conclusion by Management that our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2025 were not effective, and notwithstanding the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described below, Management believes that the consolidated financial statements and related financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates presented, and for the periods ended on such dates, in conformity with U.S. GAAP.
Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of Management and effected by the Company’s board of directors, Management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
a.Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
b.Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
c.Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2025. In making this assessment, Management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on that assessment, Management concluded that, as of September 30, 2025, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective, due to the material weaknesses described below.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
As of September 30, 2022, Management identified the following material weaknesses in internal controls, which continued to exist as of September 30, 2025:
a.Management did not design and maintain effective controls over information technology general controls (ITGCs) for its enterprise resource planning system in which the research models and services business, as well as certain corporate functions, operate and certain ancillary applications that are relevant to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements throughout the year ended September 30, 2022, which resulted in ineffective business process controls (automated and IT-dependent manual controls) that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all of the financial statement accounts and disclosures. Specifically, management did not design and maintain: sufficient user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and adequately restrict user and privileged access to financial applications, programs and data to appropriate Company personnel; and program change management controls to ensure that information technology (“IT”) program and data changes affecting financial information technology applications and underlying accounting records are authorized, tested, and implemented appropriately. As a result, business process controls (automated and IT-dependent manual controls) that are dependent on the ineffective ITGCs, or that use data produced from systems impacted by the ineffective ITGCs were deemed ineffective at September 30, 2022, and were not remediated and therefore remained ineffective at September 30, 2025; and
b.Management did not have an adequate process in place to design and test the operating effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner or an adequate process in place to monitor and provide oversight over the completion of its assessment of internal control over financial reporting. As such, we determined that management did not effectively design and implement components of the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (COSO framework) to address all relevant risks of material misstatement, including elements of the control environment, information and communication, control activities and monitoring activities components, relating to: (i) providing sufficient and timely management oversight and ownership over the internal control evaluation process; (ii) hiring and training sufficient personnel to timely support the Company’s internal control objectives; and (iii) performing timely monitoring and oversight to ascertain whether the components of internal control are present and functioning effectively. As a result, controls relevant to all business processes and related controls (including relevant entity level controls) were deemed ineffective at September 30, 2022, and were not remediated and therefore remained ineffective at September 30, 2025.
As a result of the material weaknesses described above, the Company’s management has concluded that, as of September 30, 2025, our internal control over financial reporting was ineffective. The material weaknesses did not result in any identified misstatements to our consolidated financial statements, and there were no changes to previously released financial results. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report also audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and has issued an adverse report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2025, as set forth in their report in Item 8.
Remediation of the Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, management has updated the design of several controls and modified process designs in an effort to improve our internal control over financial reporting and remediate the control deficiencies that led to the material weaknesses, described above. Management's efforts have resulted in the effective design and management's testing has determined the effective operation of ITGCs over the enterprise resource planning system in which the discovery and safety assessment business, as well as certain corporate functions, operate and thus deemed remediated for fiscal 2025. Additionally, Management's efforts have resulted in the effective design and management's testing has determined the effective operation of ITGCs in connection with certain third party hosted applications utilized
in connection with certain processes (e.g., equity-based compensation, payroll) and thus deemed remediated for fiscal 2025.
Furthermore, Management remediated design and operating deficiencies for some business processes and made progress on the design of controls related to other business processes in connection with our discovery and safety assessment business and certain corporate functions. Management performed testing over the related business processes covering fiscal 2025. While certain controls within the related business processes were tested and determined to be operating effectively throughout fiscal 2025, the material weaknesses related to our business processes over financial reporting cannot be considered completely remediated until the aggregate of the applicable controls, including the ITGCs discussed above, operate effectively for a sufficient period of time. The operating effectiveness of the aggregate of the applicable controls was not deemed sufficient to completely remediate the material weaknesses for fiscal 2025.
However, there remain several controls and processes related to ITGCs and business processes that management continues to re-assess, including the design of controls and modifying processes to improve our internal control over financial reporting. Management’s remediation efforts have included but are not limited to: (i) hiring additional accounting personnel, (ii) hiring key IT personnel with appropriate technical and internal control-related skillsets, and (iii) utilizing an internal team dedicated to oversight of control and process design. Management’s ongoing remediation efforts include: (i) improving consistency in ITGCs supported by standard operating procedures to govern the authorization, testing and approval of changes to IT systems supporting all of the Company’s internal control processes, including the implementation of certain applications to achieve these operating procedures, (ii) enhancing design and implementation of our control environment, including the expansion of formal accounting and IT policies and procedures, (iii) designing, implementing, reviewing, analyzing, and properly documenting our review and approval controls, as it relates to ITGCs, account reconciliations, journal entries and estimates, and (iv) continuing to provide training to personnel related to ensuring the accuracy and completeness of data used in the performance of the internal controls.
The material weaknesses cannot be considered remediated until the aggregate of the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Except for the remediation efforts related to the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described above, there have been no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2025, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

---

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 9B - OTHER INFORMATION
During the three months ended September 30, 2025, none of our directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Exchange Act) adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of our securities that was intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) of the Exchange Act or any non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as defined in the SEC’s rules).

---

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors, Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and Corporate Governance
Any information required by this Item regarding our directors and compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act by our officers and directors will be included in the 2026 Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Election of Directors” and “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto. The information required by this Item regarding our corporate governance will be included in the 2026 Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Corporate Governance” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
Executive Officers
The information included under the caption “Information about our Executive Officers” in Part I, Item 1 herein is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.
Audit Committee Financial Expert
The information required by this Item regarding the audit committee of the Board of Directors and financial experts will be included in the 2026 Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Committees and Meetings of the Board of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
Insider Trading Policy
We have an Insider Trading Policy governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of our securities by directors, officers, and employees of the Company. The Insider Trading Policy is designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules, and regulations and any applicable listing standards. Our Insider Trading Policy is posted on our website and can be accessed by selecting the “Governance” link at http://ir.inotiv.com. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees and directors, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website and can be accessed by selecting the “Governance” link at http://ir.inotiv.com. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report.

---

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to information in the 2026 Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation of Executive Officers” and “Non-employee Director Compensation and Benefits.”

---

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item will be included in the 2026 Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Principal Shareholders” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” is incorporated herein by reference.

---

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to information in the 2026 Proxy Statement under the captions “Family Relationships” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

---

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
ITEM 14 - PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to information in the 2026 Proxy Statement under the caption “Fees to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
PART IV

---

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
ITEM 15 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)Documents filed as part of this Report.
1.Financial Statements: See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this Report.
2.Financial Statement Schedules: Schedules are not required, are not applicable or the information is shown in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
3.Exhibits: See Index to Exhibits, which is incorporated herein by reference.